Home

Bosch Power Tools 1529B Drill User Manual

1. 337 lubrication specifications 362 refill capacities wees 362 Service POINTS eeeeeeeeeeeeees 331 starting after a collision 287 Engine block heater 256 Engine Oil sc cecdecaresscaanczssasesenceteees 334 change oil soon warning message Center i s 334 checking and adding 334 GIDSUICK sz ssedsceiieawsansedesvtscssesse 334 filter specifications 336 360 361 recommendations ccc 336 refill capacities c cece 362 Specifications cceeeeeees 362 Event data recording 06 7 Exhaust fumes ccccceeeeeees 256 F Fail safe cooling iinis 343 Family entertainment system 47 Flot MAUS ic sssseeavsseedeesivleeseass 138 Fluid capacities 00 362 FOSIAMNDS sshesscescssnecsoacegeatsendannsaescs 83 Four Wheel Drive vehicles 274 COntrol CAC Ssriisciaiscsesreriigeisn 275 des ripti Ti sssrssisrsssrirerssina 275 driving off road ee 277 indicator light 275 preparing to drive your VOHICIS srra naipe 266 Puelo E 345 calculating fuel ECONOMY 0 eee 116 128 350 CAD seeme aA 347 C paCiby sesia annn aiia 362 choosing the right fuel 348 comparisons with EPA fuel economy estimates 0 0 0 0 353 detergent in fuel 349 filling your vehicle with fuel 000 345 347 350 filter specifications 345 360 361 fuel pump shut off switch 287 2007 Expediti
2. cccceeeee 257 Accessory delay cccccceseees 102 Advance Trac ccccccccceseseeeeseeees 260 Air cleaner AMG ET seirian 357 358 360 361 Air SUSPENSION ccceceeeeeeeees 265 GESCTIPTION ssiorisgnsirisariissss 265 Airbag supplemental restraint system 192 196 198 and child safety seats 194 description 192 196 198 MIS POSAL ons ccuedancvctactedeacetszencs aces 201 driver airbag 194 197 199 indicator light 0 2 0 196 201 operation wee 194 197 199 passenger airbag 194 197 199 side Airbag a 2 5205 sdseosansenssecdectesss 196 Antifreeze see Engine coolant 339 Anti lock brake system see Brakes cee 257 258 Anti theft system arming the system 06 158 ATMOS seoran nen neni 163 Audio system see Radio essersi 21 25 31 Automatic transmission driving an automatic overdrive woe eecececeesceeeeteeeeees 269 fluid adding 0 0 357 fluid checking 357 fluid refill capacities 362 fluid specification 0 362 Auxiliary input jack Line in 38 Auxiliary power point 99 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Index Axle lubricant specifications 362 refill capacities ceeeees 362 B Battery ecen 337 acid treating emergencies 337 jumping a disabled battery 305 maintenance free
3. Selectable features Press and release the RESET stem to scroll and reset the following 0 m functions Reset the function by a single press of the RESET stem for We Nid more than 2 seconds Info menu This menu displays the following control displays e Odometer Trip Odometer Trip A and Trip B e Distance to Empty e Average Fuel Economy AFE e Outside Air Temperature OAT e Compass e Setup Menu e Blank Display Odometer Trip odometer Refer to Gauges in the Instrument Cluster chapter 115 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Distance to empty DTE Selecting this function from the INFO MENU estimates vv T approximately how far you can drive XXX MILES TOE with the fuel remaining in your tank 13 F Ni under normal driving conditions Remember to turn the ignition OFF when refueling to allow this feature to correctly detect the added fuel The DTE function will display LOW FUEL LEVEL and sound a tone for one second when you have approximately 50 miles 80 km to empty If you RESET this warning message this display and tone will return within 10 minutes DTE is calculated using a running average fuel economy which is based on your recent driving history of 500 miles 800 km This value is not the same as the average fuel economy display The running average fuel economy is reinitialized to a factory default value if the battery is disconnecte
4. IoyeM Ul p gIowqns u q sey xL ol out Aue posueyo oq pmoys yueouqn IXe oy T Jem UL p SIowqns Useq sey exe 10 posmMbel SI DOIAIaS poyoodsns ST yes V SSaTUN pesueYyo I0 peyDayO oq 07 JOU oe SJUBOTIGN Vso oJl 107 peyeouqny P I PISUOI st PUL JULIANI AKL eal I YJU S E YIM pol ST L Iv S P A MO Sorxe Teal dyg po muy pdo JO Jor ojotduroo 107 JuoTeamMbe 10 E TX LOYIPO UOT oatyppy JO TU STI ZO p PPV aseulep UOISsTUIsUeI osned ABW pm popusWIUIOdDaI y ueyg 19430 pmy Aue Jo as TRAIOJUL VOIAIOS JOIO VY PUTULIOJOP 0 WOLJDWLAOfUL BOUDUATULOUL POAIMPIYIS 0 IJOY asewep UOISSTUSULI osned APU GS NOOUAW Sulnbel UOIsstusuel Igewome Ue UT pI gesn penp e Jo as PMY dS eNOOUAW OSN ATUO pmnoys dS eNOOUUW enbeas yey suorsstwusues oTyewo ny JaTOoo yueql ul ue yy p ddmb Jt pue zis Je o0o U0 p seq Area Leur suoTyeoydde oulog Ajoedeo Y Arp oyeurrxoidde Auo soyeorpul eu UOLO IdV 9U PUL V OS6OZN SSM UONvoyloeds p10 JO syuswesMbel y Joour ATUO p u lo uSuy ATOYepULUT JOu ST IO OJOUL pu jq IN YJU S IO IM YJU S JO SNz gjoTyaa INOA ur poddmbe ATfeutst10 ad Juelood PPY ATuo epeueg 18 961 xe uortpodxg suoy es GEE yue pony UOT VITJIIedS pIo 365 Owners Guide post 2002 fmt 2007 Expedition exd USA fus Maintenance and Specifications ENGINE DATA a aoo EEE Ignition system Coil on plug Spark plug gap 0 040 0 050 inch 1 02 1 27 mm Compre
5. on the climate control panel and R m works to clear the rear window of ro fog and thin ice RG i The engine must be running in order to operate the rear window defroster The rear defroster turns off automatically after 15 minutes or when the ignition is turned to the 1 LOCK position To manually turn off the defroster before 15 minutes have passed push the control again Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals from the inside of the rear window This may cause damage to the heated grid lines and will not be covered by your warranty 82 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus HEADLAMP CONTROL O Rotate the headlamp control to the first position P to turn on the parking lamps Rotate to the second position D to turn on the headlamps Autolamp control The autolamp system provides light sensitive automatic on off control of the exterior lights normally controlled by the headlamp control The autolamp system also keeps the lights on for approximately 20 seconds or if equipped with a message center you can select a delay from 0 180 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to OFF e To turn autolamps on rotate the control counterclockwise e To turn autolamps off rotate the control clockwise to OFF Foglamp control if equipped 0 The headlamp control also operates the foglamps The foglamps can be tu
6. Some warning lights will briefly illuminate See Warning lights and chimes in the Instrument Cluster chapter for more information regarding the warning lights Starting the engine Note Whenever you start your vehicle release the key once the engine starts 1 Turn the key to 4 START without pressing the accelerator pedal and release once the engine starts The key will return to 3 ON 2 When the engine starts release the key 255 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving 3 After idling for a few seconds apply the brake shift into gear and drive Note If the engine does not start within five seconds on the first try turn the key to OFF wait 10 seconds and try again If the engine still fails to start press the accelerator to the floor and try again this will allow the engine to crank with the fuel shut off in case the engine is flooded with fuel This vehicle has a computer assisted cranking system which assists in starting the engine If the ignition key is turned to 4 START and then released when the engine begins cranking the engine may continue cranking for up to 10 seconds or until the vehicle starts Guarding against exhaust fumes Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes Take precautions to avoid its dangerous effects If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes
7. 45 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems Radio Display Action Required ACQUIRING Radio requires more No action required than two seconds to This message should produce audio for the disappear shortly selected channel SAT FAULT Internal module or If this message does system failure not clear within a short present period of time or with an ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See your authorized dealer for service INVALID CHNL Channel no longer This previously available available channel is no longer available Tune to another channel If the channel was one of your presets you may choose another channel for that preset button UNSUBSCRIBED Subscription not Contact SIRIUS at available for this 1 888 539 7474 to channel subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel NO TEXT Artist information not Artist information not available available at this time on this channel The system is working properly 46 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems Radio Display Action Required not available NO TEXT NO TEXT NO SIGNAL Category information not available Loss of signal from the SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS tower to the vehicle antenna Update of channel programming in progress Satellite service has been deactivated by SIRIUS Satellite Radio UPDATING CALL SIRI
8. 161 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Lift handle to move seat forward or backward Manual seat recliner if equipped Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision Pull the seatback handle up to recline the seat 162 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Using the armrest if equipped Push the release control to move the armrest up or down Using the manual lumbar support if equipped The lumbar support control is located on the outboard side of the L seat Turn the lumbar support control h clockwise for more support Turn the lumbar support l counter clockwise for less support 7 163 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Using the power lumbar support if equipped The power lumbar control is located on the outboard side of the seat Press the forward side of the control for additional support Press the rear side of the control to reduce support Adjusting the front power seat A Never adjust the driver s seat or seatback when the vehicle is moving A Do not pile cargo higher than the seatbacks to avoid
9. 1 Bring the vehicle to a stop 2 Place the gearshift in N Neutral 3 Move the control to the desired position The message center will display 4X4 SHIFT IN PROGRESS during the shift The RTT location in the message center will then display the system mode selected If any of the above shift conditions are not met the shift will not occur and the RTT location in the message center will display the appropriate information Note Some noise may be heard as the system shifts or engages Driving off road with truck and utility vehicles Four wheel drive vehicles are specially equipped for driving on sand snow mud and rough terrain and have operating characteristics that are somewhat different from conventional vehicles both on and off the road The AdvanceTrac with RSC stability enhancement system can be turned off manually by pressing the AdvanceTrac with RSC button refer to AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control RSC Stability Enhancement System in this chapter while operating in 2H 4A or 4H while driving in deep sand very deep snow or more strenuous off road maneuvers This will disable the engine management feature allowing the vehicle to maintain full power and enhanced momentum through the obstacle How your vehicle differs from other vehicles Truck and utility vehicles can differ from some other vehicles Your vehicle may be higher to allow it to travel over rough terrain without getting hung up or damag
10. 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls 1 Press and hold the two outside buttons releasing only when the 1 indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Do not repeat Step 1 to program additional hand held O O transmitters to the remaining two HomeLink buttons This will erase previously programmed hand held N transmitter signals into HomeLink 7 2 Position the end of your hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 2 8 cm away from the HomeLink button you wish to program located on your visor while keeping the indicator light in view 3 Simultaneously press and hold both the chosen HomeLink and AT hand held transmitter buttons until the HomeLink indicator light changes from a slow to a rapidly blinking light Now you may release both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons Note Some entry gates and garage door openers may require you to replace Step 3 with procedures noted in the Gate Operator and Canadian Programming in this section for Canadian residents 4 Firmly press hold for five seconds and release the programmed HomeLink button up to two separate times to activate the door If the door does not activate press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the indicator light e If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink button is pressed and
11. Important ventilating information If the engine is idling while the vehicle is stopped for a long period of time open the windows at least one inch 2 5 cm or adjust the heating or air conditioning to bring in fresh air ENGINE BLOCK HEATER IF EQUIPPED If your vehicle is factory equipped with an engine block heater a rubber cap plug assembly will be visibly attached to the grille on the front of the vehicle For factory equipped this assembly is ZE yp loose shipped in vehicle for authorized dealer installation If not factory equipped the engine block heater can be purchased through authorized dealer accessories Replacement rubber caps are available through the authorized dealer 3L1Z 6E088 AA Use of an engine block heater is strongly recommended if you live in a region where temperatures reach 10 F 23 C or below For best 256 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving results plug the heater in at least three hours before starting the vehicle the heater can be plugged in the night before starting the vehicle To plug the heater in remove the cap from the plug and insert the plug into a 110 volt grounded outlet Be sure to re attach the cap onto the plug when the heater is not in use To reduce the risk of electrical shock do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged cheater adapters BRAKES Your service brakes are self adjusting R
12. ccceeeeeeeeee 105 Starting your vehicle 253 255 jump Starting oe 305 Steering wheel COMUPOIS e szexedsazssceseteacacessaviseetess 108 GIGAS sernpre e a 96 T Tilt steering wheel 00 96 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS DIVING secssdeccatansevasedeanevessesessstte 280 Roadside Emergencies 295 Tires Wheels and Loading 234 Warning Displays 12 122 133 Tires oa a 219 220 295 ASNMENL sscsesticeesucnesncdsseccesvenne 227 CAL ar tees 223 CHANGING ssvis achdesciass 295 298 300 checking the pressure 223 MANE siari 221 lapel e e E 233 repl cing sgesedaccecasiseanevereetesszece 225 TOUAUING si sisessecineieledisaesiesieetatss 227 safety practices cccceee 226 sidewall information 228 snow tires and chains 238 Spare CINE srice a E 296 terminology pereiras 220 376 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus tire gr adeSrsseseisircerrriiosis 220 treadwear 0 0 eee 219 224 MO WINS seriden u a A 244 recreational towing 005 251 trailer towing 244 WEECKET oireisiin RNN 312 Transmission ss ssseirssirssersserseesczss 266 brake shift interlock BSI 266 268 fluid checking and adding CAULOMALIC seigir 357 fluid refill capacities 362 lubricant specifications 362 TNK 4 252056 sesieaassbeatsssccnasnieen 149 150 TUT signal gs sseesseok ctaccacctescansacrter
13. Calibration srei cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 118 set zone adjustment 117 126 CONSOLE oroar 98 OVETNEA orrs taiora 97 98 Controls DOWEL SEAL moriren ikin 164 steering column cceceeee 108 Coolant checking and adding 339 refill capacities s s s 343 362 Specifications cece 362 Cruise control see Speed control 105 Customer Assistance 285 Ford Extended Service Pla oee e E 318 Getting assistance outside the U S and Canada 319 Getting roadside assistance 285 Getting the service VOU MEEA Arrieres 314 372 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Ordering additional owner s literature 0 0 2 0 320 Utilizing the Mediation Arbitration Program 318 D Daytime running lamps see Lamps ccccesscceseseeeees 84 Defrost rear WINGOW secerni aen 82 Dipstick automatic transmission LEEG EEE ES 357 engine Oil siisii 334 Driving under special conditions 0 272 278 281 SEN O MENEE N E 280 SHOW ANC ICE ssninsosieresesse 282 through water o 281 284 DND Syste iiien sirini 47 E Electronic message CENTET Snaige E 115 125 Emergencies roadside jJump starting 0 eee 305 Emission control system 353 BIN BING case sisesysetcesvertncbeanaceiededvane 366 CLEANING cisscspscssdeneiecanctecedeesoters 324 Coolant orron aena 339 fail safe cooling cee 343 idle speed control
14. Compatibility with aftermarket audio systems headphone only mode When the Family Entertainment System FES detects that the original radio supplied by Ford Motor Company has been removed from the vehicle the FES will work in a state referred to as Headphone Only Mode This mode allows the FES to operate as a standalone system without interface to the radio While operating in Headphone Only Mode the system will have limited functionality e The system will only output audio to the headphones It will not be capable of providing audio to the speakers The available sources in FES Headphone Only Mode are DVD DISC and DVD AUX regardless of headphone channel A or B e When a disc is inserted into the FES while in Headphone Only Mode both headphone channels A and B will be connected to FES DISC NAVIGATION SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with a Navigation System Refer to the Navigation supplement for further information 73 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Climate Controls MANUAL HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED i 1 Temperature selection Controls the temperature of the airflow in the vehicle e 2 Air flow selections Controls the direction of the airflow in the vehicle See the following for a brief ia Cu Ro e description on each control 4 MAX A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel
15. Driving Mud and water If you must drive through high water drive slowly Traction or brake capability may be limited When driving through water determine the depth avoid water higher than the bottom of the hubs Gf possible and proceed slowly If the ignition system gets wet the vehicle may stall Once through water always try the brakes Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as effectively as dry brakes Drying can be improved by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle speed or direction when you are driving in mud Even four wheel drive vehicles can lose traction in slick mud As when you are driving over sand apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning your wheels If the vehicle does slide steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle If the transmission transfer case front axle or rear axle are submerged in water their fluids should be checked and changed if necessary Driving through deep water may damage the transmission If the front or rear axle is submerged in water the axle lubricant should be replaced After driving through mud clean off residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts causes an imbalance that could damage drive components Tread Lightly is an educational program designed to increase public awareness of land use regul
16. defroster Refer to Rear window defroster later in this chapter for more information 5 R Ei Rear fan speed control Press to enable the auxiliary system or to adjust the rear fan speed from the front control The rear fan speed settings available are 4 3 2 1 and O OFF 6 C2 Recirculated air Press to activate deactivate air recirculation in the vehicle cabin Recirculated air may reduce the amount of time to cool down the interior of the vehicle and may also help reduce undesired odors from reaching the interior of the vehicle Recirculated air can be engaged manually in any airflow selection except 47 Recirculated air may turn off automatically in all airflow selections 7 A C Press to activate deactivate air conditioning Use with GEA recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Engages automatically in AUTO CH defrost and GA floor defrost 8 Y Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister vents and floor vents 9 A Distributes air through the floor vents 10 W Distributes air through the instrument panel vents and the floor vents 11 A Distributes air through the instrument panel vents 12 Manual override controls Allows you to manually select where airflow is distributed To return to full automatic control press AUTO 13 F Front fan speed control Press to manually increase or decrease the fan speed To return to full automatic control press AUTO 14
17. labels should not be inserted into the FES DVD system The label may peel and cause the CD or DVD to become jammed It is recommended that homemade CDs or DVDs be identified with permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels Ball point pens may damage CDs or DVDs Please contact your authorized dealer for further information Playing a DVD 1 Ensure that the vehicle ignition is in the RUN or ACCESSORY position 2 Ensure that the navigation system is on 3 Insert a DVD label side up into the system 66 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus 4 Use the DVD bezel controls to Press to play or pause a DVD Press to stop or eject a DVD Press and release to go to the previous chapter Press and hold for a fast reverse search Press and release to go to the next chapter Press and hold for a fast forward search Press when not in menu mode to adjust brightness or when in menu mode to navigate through the menu selections Press to adjust volume levels Slow play 1 With a DVD playing press pause 2 Press and hold the reverse or advance button to enter into slow play mode Once in slow play mode Entertainment Systems yA wee ES VOLUME press and release the reverse or advance button repeatedly to cycle through 1 4 and 1 2 These will display on the status bar on top of the screen as the screens cycle through at this rate 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 20
18. of a belt positioning booster Booster seats position a child so that safety belts fit better They lift the child up so that the lap belt rests low across the hips and the knees bend comfortably Booster seats may also make the shoulder belt fit better and more comfortably Try to keep the belt near the middle of the shoulder When children should use booster seats Children need to use booster seats from the time they outgrow the toddler seat until they are big enough for the vehicle seat and lap shoulder belt to fit properly Generally this is when they weigh about 80 Ib 86 kg about 8 to 12 years old Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions e Can the child sit all the way back against the vehicle seat back with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat without slouching Does the lap belt rest low across the hips Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest e Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip 203 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Types of booster seats There are two types of belt positioning booster seats e Those that are backless If your backless booster seat has a removable shield remove the shield and use the lap shoulder belt If a seating position has a low seat back and no head restraint a backless booster seat may place your child s head top of ear level a
19. or 4L 4X4 LOW on dry hard surfaced roads Doing so will produce excessive noise increased tire wear and may 274 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving damage drive components 4H 4X4 and 4L 4X4 LOW are only intended for consistently slippery or loose surfaces Use of 4H 4X4 or 4L 4X4 LOW on these surfaces may produce some noise such as occasional clunks but will not damage drive components Your 4x4 features the heavy duty Control Trac system which includes a computer operated transfer case This unique system is interactive with the road continually monitoring and adjusting torque delivery to the front and rear wheels to optimize vehicle control System indicator messages The Control Trac system indicator messages display in the reconfigurable telltale RTT location in the message center only under the following conditions If these messages display when driving in 2H contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Refer to Warning lights and chimes in the Instrument Cluster chapter e 4X4 AUTO displays when 4A is selected e 4X4 displays when 4H is selected e 4X4 LOW displays when 4L is selected Positions of the Control Trac system The Control Trac system functions in four modes 2H e 2H 2WD delivers power to the rear wheels only This is appropriate for normal on road 4L driving on dry pavement 4A 4X4 AUTO provides electronic control four wheel drive
20. post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems Auxiliary input jack Line in Your vehicle is equipped with an Auxiliary Input Jack AIJ The Auxiliary Input Jack provides a way to connect your portable music player to the in vehicle audio system This allows the audio from a portable music player to be played through the vehicle speakers with high fidelity To achieve optimal performance please observe the following instructions when attaching your portable music device to the audio system Required equipment 1 Any portable music player designed to be used with headphones 2 An audio extension cable with stereo male 1 8 in 3 5 mm connectors at each end To play your portable music player using the auxiliary input jack 1 Begin with the vehicle parked and the radio turned off 2 Ensure that the battery in your portable music player is new or fully charged and that the device is turned off 3 Attach one end of the audio extension cable to the headphone output of your player and the other end of the audio extension cable to the AIJ in your vehicle 4 Turn the radio on using either a tuned FM station or a CD loaded into the system Adjust the volume to a comfortable listening level 5 Turn the portable music player on and adjust the volume to 1 2 the volume 6 Press AUX on the vehicle radio repeatedly until LINE IN appears in the display You should hear audio from your portable music player although it may be low
21. vents to cool the vehicle This re cooling of the interior air is more economical and efficient Recirculated air may also help reduce undesirable odors from entering the vehicle ps Distributes air through the instrument panel vents 7 Distributes air through the instrument panel vents and the floor vents O OFF Outside air is shut out and the climate system is turned off Distributes air through the floor vents You may notice a small amount of air flowing from the defroster vents and demister vents T Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister vents and floor vents W Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents Can be used to clear thin ice or fog from the windshield 3 A Recirculated air Press to activate deactivate air recirculation in the vehicle cabin Recirculated air may reduce the amount of time to cool down the interior of the vehicle and may also help reduce undesired odors from reaching the interior of the vehicle Recirculation engages automatically with selection of MAX A C or can be engaged manually in any other airflow selection except defrost Recirculation may turn off automatically in all airflow selections except MAX A C 4 RGY Rear defroster Press to activate deactive the rear window defroster Refer to Rear window defroster later in this chapter for more information 5 A C Press to activate deactivate air conditioning Us
22. 1 Aspect ratio Select ASPECT RATIO to select the viewing size and shape of the video displayed on the LCD screen This is disc dependent COMPRESSION RESTORE DEFAULTS 62 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems You can select from WIDE LETTER a BOX or PAN SCAN Once you have RATIO made your selection press ENTER WIDE 16 9 to confirm The LCD screen display LETTERBOX will immediately change to your aaa selection after the system resumes playback of the DVD The system A default is WIDE 16 9 This is disc dependent Language Select LANGUAGE to select the language you would like to use for audio output English Spanish ZOOM French This is disc dependent ASPEC ATIO LANGUAGE SUB TITL COMPRESSION RESTORE DEFAULTS BACK Once you have made your selection press ENTER to confirm The system default is English Subtitles Select SUBTITLES to turn the subtitle option on or off The system default is OFF ZOOM ANGLE ASPECT RATIO LAN AGE COMPRESSION RESTORE DEFAULTS BACK 63 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems Once you have made your selection press ENTER to confirm This is disc dependent Audio CDs To play audio CDs on your DVD system 1 Ensure that the vehicle ignition is in the RUN or ACCESSORY position 2 Ensure that the DVD system is ON 3 Inser
23. 2 Select A C 3 Adjust the temperature control to maintain comfort 4 Set the fan speed to the highest setting 5 Direct the outer instrument panel vents towards the side windows To increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents close the vents located in the middle of the instrument panel Do not place objects on top of the instrument panel as these objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden stop DUAL ZONE AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL WITH REAR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CLIMATE CONTROL IF EQUIPPED ie 1 GV Defrost Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents Can be used to clear thin ice or fog from the windshield 2 Rear temperature control Press to enable the auxiliary system and set the desired rear cabin airflow temperature with the front control The rear cabin airflow temperature will match the driver airflow temperature setting when only the center rear temperature bar REAR is illuminated The rear cabin airflow temperature will be warmer or cooler 77 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Climate Controls than the driver airflow temperature setting when more than one rear temperature bar REAR is illuminated 3 Passenger temperature control Press to increase decrease the temperature for the passenger in the front of the vehicle 4 PGY Rear defroster Press to activate deactivate the rear window
24. 242 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and or personal injury Steps for determining the correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lb In metric units 635 340 5 x 68 295 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle The following gives you a few examples on how to calculate the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity e A
25. 4 19 22 syrenb g g 10 22 syrenb g g 10 02 syrenb TZ 19 61 syrenb 9 07 9299 pM UOISSTUISUBI OTFBUIOINY lo oursuy s d yeeT dojs w s s Sul OoD Gray val KNL YM IOVeIpel MO Jaret Aynp AAeayy quejooo sUTsUuy Ge val KNL YIM IOVeIPel aseq Juelooo surgu qeoy Tear XNE INOYYM IOVeIPeI MO Jaret Aynp AAeayy quejooo sUTsUuy qeoy Tear XNE INOYYM IOVeIPeI aseq Jue ooo sugu 363 Owners Guide post 2002 fmt 2007 Expedition exd USA fus Maintenance and Specifications cV 9TE8N GSM V GE OZ eNOOUdN X00 45LX V G6TOGNC ISM TO OVIMGLAX V L6TOGN dSM TO O6MO08 AX A eNODddN WO S LX UOTIVITFIOeds pIo Jequnu 1ed p10 ATuo S N TA uontpedxG yue ony 18961 suoy es Gee 10901 suolyes 0 87 prepueys yue pna 9 g17JU 9U0 ToyseM PIPTSPUM CTEUP swenb gp pry soysem prorsSpUM UMTUIIG YLeIDIOJON ALV TST XP NOQYYN YELIDIN send 9 T 9 T pin eseo I JSULIL CRL Your G16 Teup dys poywury pmy PWI L Tey y Y MPS oyxXe Yur OFT MGL HYS Weros0107y Corse your 926 Teuetoysrp TeuoMueauo0 ping exe reey TET Z squid 7 oqn y XV Jeoy UNM 10 8 1D 06 M08 AVS Ye10 101 0 squid 1 4 IIOAIOSOL ALY uo soul KYW pue pmy suLteejs 1amog 101010 A eNOOUdNN Y VOW NII weeaeq Tha XP PIN sxe JUOLA 364 Owners Guide post 2002 fmt 2007 Expedition exd USA fus Maintenance and Specifications
26. 7 Adjust the sound on your portable music player until it reaches the level of the FM station or CD by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls Troubleshooting 1 Do not connect the audio input jack to a line level output Line level outputs are intended for connection to a home stereo and are not 38 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems compatible with the AIJ The AIJ will only work correctly with devices that have a headphone output with a volume control 2 Do not set the portable music player s volume level higher than is necessary to match the volume of the CD or FM radio in your audio system as this will cause distortion and will reduce sound quality Many portable music players have different output levels so not all players should be set at the same levels Some players will sound best at full volume and others will need to be set at a lower volume 3 If the music sounds distorted at lower listening levels turn the portable music player volume down If the problems persists replace or recharge the batteries in the portable music player 4 The portable music player must be controlled in the same way manner when it is used with headphones as the AIJ does not provide control play pause etc over the attached portable music player 5 For safety reasons connecting or adjusting the settings on your portable m
27. Engine Coolant meeting Ford specification WSS M97B44 D or DEX COOL brand with the factory filled coolant Mixing Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant or any orange colored extended life product such as DEX COOL brand with your factory filled coolant can result in degraded corrosion protection e A large amount of water without engine coolant may be added in case of emergency to reach a vehicle service location In this instance the cooling system must be drained and refilled with a 50 50 mixture of engine coolant and distilled water as soon as possible Water alone without engine coolant can cause engine damage from corrosion overheating or freezing e Do not use alcohol methanol brine or any engine coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze coolant Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing e Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the engine coolant For vehicles with overflow coolant systems with a non pressurized cap on the coolant recovery system add coolant to the coolant recovery reservoir when the engine is cool Add the proper mixture of coolant and water to the FULL COLD level For all other vehicles which have a coolant degas system with a pressurized cap or if it is necessary to remove the coolant pressure relief cap on the radiator of a vehicle with an overflow system follow
28. L j e White 2 left channel audio input e Red 3 right channel audio input 4 Press MEDIA on the DVD system to change the media source to AUX 5 Press VIDEO on the DVD system to change the video source to DVD AUX If your source is properly plugged in it will appear on the LCD Liquid Crystal Display screen If your auxiliary source does not have a video signal or if the DVD system does not detect a video signal from the auxiliary source the screen will remain black If the video source is set to DVD AUX the display will automatically turn on if a video signal is detected To listen to audio over the headphones Dual play mode 1 You may listen to channels A and B over wired or wireless headphones Refer to Using the infrared wireless headphones and Using wired headphones for further information e Black 4 wired headphone output wired headphones not included 2 Press the headphone speaker button on the DVD player A green light will illuminate next to either the A or B Headphone Control Button to indicate which channel is active able to be controlled 3 Press MEDIA to change the audio source of the active channel A or B The audio source will be shown on the display You may change the active channel by pressing the A or B headphone control button 50 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems Note Channel A can access any po
29. Minder feature uses two different warning chimes During the first minute of activation the warning chime will sound once every second The remaining warning chimes will sound twice every second while the system is activated 188 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The driver s safety belt is not The Belt Minder feature is activated buckled approximately the safety belt warning light 5 seconds after the safety belt illuminates and the warning chime warning light has turned off sounds for 6 seconds every 30 seconds repeating for approximately 5 minutes or until safety belt is buckled The driver s safety belt is The Belt Minder feature will not buckled while the safety belt activate indicator light is illuminated and the safety belt warning chime is sounding The driver s safety belt is The Belt Minder feature will not buckled before the ignition activate switch is turned to the ON position The purpose of the Belt Minder is to remind occasional wearers to wear safety belts all of the time The following are reasons most often given for not wearing safety belts All statistics based on U S data Reasons given Consider Crashes are rare events 36 700 crashes occur every day The more we drive the more we are exposed to rare events even for good drivers 1 in 4 of us will be seriously injured in a crash during ou
30. OFF Outside air is shut out and the climate system is turned off 15 Driver temperature control Press to increase or decrease the temperature on the driver side of the cabin Sets the passenger side temperature also when DUAL is disengaged Note The recommended vehicle cabin setting is between 72 F 22 C and 75 F 24 C e Dual temperature control Press and hold AUTO to engage disengage separate passenger side temperature control 78 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Climate Controls 16 AUTO Press to engage full automatic operation and select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system will automatically determine fan speed airflow location A C on or off and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to reach the desired temperature 17 EXT Press to display the outside temperature Press again to display the cabin temperature settings Note Exterior readings are more accurate when the vehicle is moving 18 REAR Press to enable the control located in the rear of the floor console Press again to turn the auxiliary system off Dual automatic temperature control with heated and cooled seats and rear passenger compartment climate control if equipped Ge D 4 Need Frater the o o o o o a Fs REAR YETTE 1 QQ Defrost Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents Can be used to clear t
31. Operation with an aftermarket audio system Headphone only mode When the Family Entertainment System FES detects that the original radio supplied by Ford Motor Company has been removed from the vehicle the Family Entertainment System will work in a state referred to as Headphone Only Mode While operating in Headphone Only Mode the system will have limited functionality e The system will only output audio to the headphones It will not be capable of providing audio to the speakers The available sources in FES Headphone Only Mode are DVD DISC and DVD AUX regardless of headphone channel A or B e When a disc is inserted into the FES while in Headphone Only Mode both headphone channels A amp B will be connected to FES DISC 61 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems Menu mode Press MENU once on the DVD system to access the DVD disc menu if available Press MENU twice to access the DVD set up menu and the following features 1 ZOOM 2 ANGLE mane 3 ASPECT RATIO 4 LANGUAGE i LANGUAGE SUB TITLES 5 SUB TITLES COMPRESSION RESTORE DEFAULTS Angle mode Select ANGLE to select various angles of view for the DVD ZOOM LANGUAGE SUB TITLES COMPRESSION RESTORE DEFAULTS This is disc dependent some DVD discs may have more viewing angles to select from Once you have made your selection press ENTER to confirm The system default is Angle
32. Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving DRIVING THROUGH WATER If driving through deep or standing water is unavoidable proceed very slowly especially when the depth is not known Never drive through o water that is higher than the bottom A A of the wheel rims for cars or the bottom of the hubs for trucks When driving through water traction or brake capability may be limited Also water may enter your engine s air intake and severely damage your engine or your vehicle may stall Driving through deep water where the transmission vent tube is submerged may allow water into the transmission and cause internal transmission damage Once through the water always dry the brakes by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as quickly as dry brakes 284 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Getting roadside assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty The service is available e 24 hours seven days a week e for the period of five years or 60 000 miles 100 000 km whichever occurs first on Ford and Mercury vehicles and six years or 70 000 miles 110 000 km on Lincoln vehicles Roadside assistance will cover e
33. Place seat back in upright position e Put the safety belt in the automatic locking mode Refer to Automatic locking mode section in this chapter The second row center seat can be moved forward to keep a child in a child restraint close to the front seat occupants The seat should be moved to the full rearward position when it is occupied by older children or adults LATCH lower anchors are recommended for use by children up to 48 pounds 22 kg in a child restraint Top tether anchors can be used 206 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints for children up to 60 pounds 27 kg in a child restraint and to provide upper torso restraint for children up to 80 pounds 36 kg using an upper torso harness and a belt positioning booster Ford recommends the use of a child safety seat having a top tether strap Install the child safety seat in a seating position with LATCH and tether anchors For more information on top tether straps and anchors refer to Attaching safety seats with tether straps in this chapter For more information of LATCH anchors refer to Attaching safety seats with LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children attachments in this chapter Carefully follow all of the manufacturer s instructions included with the safety seat you put in your vehicle If you do not install and use the safety seat properly the child may be injured in a sudden stop or collision In
34. Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Do not rock the vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat If your vehicle is equipped with AdvanceTrac with RSC it may be beneficial to turn the system off so the wheels are allowed to spin REVERSE SENSING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The reverse sensing system sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper when the R Reverse gear is selected To help avoid personal injury please read and understand the limitations of the reverse sensing system as contained in this section The park assist is only an aid for some generally large and fixed objects when moving in reverse on a flat surface at parking speeds Inclement weather may also affect the function of the RSS this may include reduced performance or a false activation To help avoid personal injury always use caution when in R Reverse and when using the reverse sensing system This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting objects to avoid damaging the vehicle The system may not detect smaller objects particularly those close to the ground 272 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Drivin
35. Pressure Monitoring System measures pressure in your four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle The Low Tire Warning Lamp will turn ON if the tire pressure is significantly low Once the light is illuminated your tires are under inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer s recommended tire pressure Even if the light turns ON and a short time later turns OFF your tire pressure still needs to be checked When your temporary spare tire is installed When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare the TPMS system will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel tire needs to be repaired and put back on your vehicle To restore the full functionality of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System have the damaged road wheel tire repaired and remounted on your vehicle For additional information refer to Changing tires with TPMS in this section When you believe your system is not operating properly The main function of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is to warn you when your tires need air It can also warn you in the event the system is 235 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading no longer capable of functioning as intended Please refer to the following chart for information concerning your Tire Pressure Monitoring System Low Tire Pressure Possible cause Customer Action Required Warning L
36. Systems The three states are described as FULL enabled The FES has control over the primary speaker and secondary headphone audio sources LOCAL The FES has control over the secondary source headphones only The radio will ignore button presses that affect the primary speaker audio source LOCKED disabled The FES buttons are locked and all FES button presses are ignored by the radio and the FES except for load and eject When the DVD system is ON you can then press the memory preset 9 C3 Ss ED CJ Cs J controls 2 and 4 simultaneously to toggle between Single Play and Dual Play In Single Play mode all speakers listen to the same media In Dual Play mode rear seat passengers can use the infrared wireless or wired not included headphones to listen to a different playing media than the front seat passengers General information Macrovision This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U S patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited MP3 Supply of this product only conveys a license for private non commercial use and does not convey a
37. There are four methods to enable disable this feature e Through your authorized dealer or e Performing the power door lock control procedure or e Performing the keyless entry key pad Gf equipped procedure or e Performing the message center if equipped procedure Before following the activation or deactivation procedures make sure that the anti theft system is not armed ignition is in the 1 OFF LOCK position and all vehicle doors liftgate and liftgate window are closed Power door unlock lock procedure You must complete Steps 1 5 within 30 seconds or the procedure will have to be repeated If the procedure needs to be repeated you must wait 30 seconds Note All doors must be closed and remain closed throughout the configuration process 1 Turn the ignition to the 3 ON position 2 Press the power door unlock control three times 3 Turn the ignition from the 3 ON to the 1 OFF LOCK position 4 Press the power door unlock control three times 5 Turn the ignition back to the 3 ON position The horn will chirp 6 Press the unlock control then press the lock control The horn will chirp once if autolock was deactivated or twice one short and one long chirp if autolock was activated 7 Turn the ignition to the 1 OFF LOCK position The horn will chirp once to confirm the procedure is complete Keyless entry key pad procedure 1 Turn the ignition to the 1 OFF LOCK position 2 Close all doors th
38. a cold place to a warm one Moisture condensation may cause damage to the DVD and or player If moisture condensation occurs do not insert a CD or DVD into the player If one is already in the player remove it Turn the DVD player ON to dry the moisture before inserting a DVD This could take an hour or more Foreign substances Exercise care to prevent dirt and foreign objects from entering the DVD player compartment Be especially careful not to spill liquids of any kind 72 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems onto the media controls or into the system If liquid is accidentally spilled onto the system immediately turn the system OFF and consult a qualified service technician Cleaning the liquid crystal display LCD flip down screen Clean the display screen by applying a small amount of water or any ammonia based household glass cleaner directly to a soft cloth Rub the screen gently until the dust dirt or fingerprints are removed Do not spray the screen directly with water or glass cleaning solvents Overspray from these fluids could drip down into the internal electronics of the screen and cause damage Do not apply excessive pressure while cleaning the screen Cleaning DVD and CD discs Inspect all discs for contamination before playing If necessary clean discs only with an approved DVD and CD cleaner and wipe from the center out to the edge Do not use circular motion
39. a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation Side airbags are designed to inflate in side impact collisions not roll over rear impact frontal or near frontal collisions unless the collision causes sufficient lateral deceleration Several air bag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation If the side airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again The side airbag system including the seat must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision Safety Canopy system 4 Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying Safety Canopy Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a collision AA Do not lean your head on the door The Safety Canopy could injure you as it deploys from the headliner 198 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Do not attempt to service repair or modify the Safety Canopy system its fuses the A B C or D pillar trim or the headliner on a vehicle containing a Safety Canopy See your authorized dealer All occupants of the vehicle including
40. a flat tire change with a good spare except Ford GT which has a tire inflation kit battery jump start e lock out assistance key replacement cost is the customer s responsibility fuel delivery Independent Service Contractors if not prohibited by state local or municipal law shall deliver up to 2 0 gallons 7 5L of gasoline or 5 gallons 18 9L of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle Fuel delivery service is limited to two no charge occurrences within a 12 month period e winch out available within 100 feet 80 5 meters of a paved or county maintained road no recoveries e towing Ford Mercury Lincoln eligible vehicle towed to an authorized dealer within 35 miles 56 3 km of the disablement location or to the nearest authorized dealer If a member requests to be towed to an authorized dealer more than 35 miles 56 3 km from the disablement location the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 miles 56 3 km Trailers shall be covered up to 100 if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer If the trailer is disabled but the towing vehicle is operational the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services Canadian customers refer to your Customer Information Guide for information on e coverage period e exact fuel amounts 285 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies e towing of your disabled v
41. after the park brake is released contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible PARK AID lt ON gt OFF if equipped Displayed when the transmission is in R Reverse Refer to Reverse Sensing System in this section to enable OIL CHANGE REQUIRED CHANGE OIL SOON Displayed when the engine oil life remaining is 5 percent or less When oil life left is between 5 and 0 the CHANGE OIL SOON message will be displayed When oil life left reaches 0 the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message will be displayed 136 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls An oil change is required whenever indicated by the message center and according to the recommended maintenance schedule USE ONLY RECOMMENDED ENGINE OILS To reset the oil monitoring system to 100 after each oil change approximately 5 000 miles 8 000 km or 180 days perform the following 1 Press and release the SETUP control to display OIL LIFE ONL JEE XXX L AAA XXX HOLD RESET NEW UOLO PEGCT NEL 2 Press and hold the RESET control for 2 seconds and release f T Oil life is set to 100 and OIL LIFE eae SET TO 100 is displayed 101 a FOR 4X4 LOW STOP VEHICLE if equipped Displayed when 4X4 LOW is selected while the vehicle is moving For more information refer to Control trac four wheel drive 4x4 operation in the Driving chapter FOR 4X4 APPLY BRAKE if equipped Displayed when 4X4 LOW is sele
42. already a CD in the system press PLAY on the DVD player 3 The disc will begin to play and the CD Audio Disc screen will display From this screen you can also select from COMPRESSION SHUFFLE and SCAN features To play an MP3 disc in the DVD system 1 Ensure that the vehicle ignition is in the RUN or ACCESSORY position 2 Insert an MP3 disc into the system label side up to turn on the DVD system It will load and woe automatically begin to play If there is already a disc in the system press PLAY on the DVD player 3 The disc will begin to play and DVD MP3 FOLDER TRACK 00 24 gt the MP3 Audio Disc screen will P display and allow you to access the COMPRESSION SHUFFLE SCAN and FOLDER MODE features OMP SHUFFLE SCAN BACK To play an auxiliary source through the DVD system The DVD system can be used to connect and play auxiliary electronic devices such as game systems personal camcorders video cassette recorders etc 1 Ensure that the vehicle ignition is in the RUN or ACCESSORY position 49 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 2 Press the power button to turn the DVD system on The indicator light next to the power button will illuminate 3 Connect an auxiliary audio video source by connecting RCA cords not included to the RCA jacks on the left hand side of the system e Yellow 1 video input LE i
43. and AWD vehicles Although a 4WD or AWD vehicle may accelerate better than two wheel drive vehicle in low traction situations it won t stop any faster than two wheel drive vehicles Always drive at a safe speed How your vehicle differs from other vehicles SUV and trucks can differ from some other vehicles in a few noticeable ways Your vehicle may be e Higher to allow higher load carrying capacity and to allow it to travel over rough terrain without getting hung up or damaging underbody components Shorter to give it the capability to approach inclines and drive over the crest of a hill without getting hung up or damaging underbody components All other things held equal a shorter wheelbase may make your vehicle quicker to respond to steering inputs than a vehicle with a longer wheelbase 218 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading e Narrower to provide greater maneuverability in tight spaces particularly in off road use As a result of the above dimensional differences SUV s and trucks often will have a higher center of gravity and a greater difference in center of gravity between the loaded and unloaded condition These differences that make your vehicle so versatile also make it handle differently than an ordinary passenger car INFORMATION ABOUT UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING New vehicles are fitted with
44. bass setting Use A V lt SEEK SEEK to adjust TREB Treble Press MENU to reach the treble setting Use W lt SEEK SEEK to adjust BAL Balance Press MENU to reach the balance setting Use W lt SEEK SEEK to adjust the audio between the left L and right R speakers FADE Press MENU to reach the fade setting Use A IV q SEEK SEEK p to adjust the audio between the back B and front F speakers ALL SEATS Occupancy mode Available on Audiophile radios only Press MENU repeatedly to access Press A IV 4 SEEK gt to optimize sound for ALL SEATS DRIVERS SEAT or REAR SEATS SPEEDVOL Speed sensitive volume Press MENU to reach the SPEEDVOL setting Radio volume automatically gets louder with increasing vehicle speed to compensate for road and wind noise Use V lt SEEK SEEK to adjust The default setting is off increasing your vehicle speed will not change the volume level Adjust 1 7 Increasing this setting from 1 lowest setting to 7 highest setting allows the radio volume to automatically change slightly with vehicle speed to compensate for road and wind noise Recommended level is 3 SPEED OFF turns the feature off and level 7 is the maximum setting Track Folder Mode Available only on MP3 discs in CD mode In Track Mode pressing lt SEEK p will scroll through all tracks on the disc In Folder mode pressing lt q SEEK gt will scroll only through tracks within th
45. children or Safety seats for children later in this chapter 183 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints How to use the automatic locking mode 1 Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out 3 Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode How to disengage the automatic locking mode Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and return to the vehicle sensitive emergency locking mode After any vehicle collision the combination lap and shoulder belt system at all passenger seating positions must be checked by an authorized dealer to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for child seats is still functioning properly in addition to other checks for proper safety belt system function 184 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints BELT AND RETRACTOR ASSEMBLY MUST BE REPLACED if the safety belt assembly automatic locking retractor feature or any other safety belt function is not operating properly In addition all safety belts should be checked for proper function Failure to replace the belt and retractor assembly could in
46. coolant NW 8000 0 mi E f Nu OBOORE C mi in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot 14 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Instrument Cluster Low tire pressure warning if equipped lluminates when your tire pressure is low If the light O remains ON at start up or while driving the tire pressure should be checked Refer to Inflating Your Tires in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter When the ignition is first turned to ON the light will illuminate for 3 seconds to ensure the bulb is working If the light does not turn ON or begins to flash have the system inspected by your authorized dealer For more information on this system refer to Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter Low fuel RTT if equipped rc Displays when the fuel level in the fuel tank is at or near empty refer to Fuel gauge in this chapter L NW OOOC0C 0 mi 1 Check fuel cap RTT Cif p S equipped Displays when the fuel cap may not be properly installed _ Continued driving with this light on NW COCOCO O mi may cause the Service engine soon warning light to come on Refer to Fuel filler cap in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Low washer fluid RTT Cif equipped Displays when the winds
47. current fuses that protect your vehicle s main electrical systems from overloads 291 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses To reduce risk of electrical shock always replace the cover to the Power Distribution Box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs If the battery has been disconnected and reconnected refer to the Battery section of the Maintenance and Specifications chapter rarer Lie 17 e 19 e a 22 om rms crm cen 57 59 PER EE The high current fuses are coded as follows Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Power Distribution Box PoC a Cd Blowerrrelay O PoC Notus OOO S O PCT CC Rear window defroster relay A Trailer tow connector electric brake 40 oo Notused S O 292 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Power Distribution Box Location Rating Description Auxiliary blower lamps ENA charge ooo ooa Noted i E a E O ii PG CYA clutch relay a ae ee i S PSC Pel pump relay i O po Back up relay O G E o A turn signal D a es ce turn signal PC Notused S PH Notused S Ooo o 6 Notused S 28 40A Rear window defroster Heated mirror 34 25A Trailer tow connector stop turn lamps 4x4 module 293 2007 Expedit
48. dealer 12 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Instrument Cluster Under engine misfire conditions excessive exhaust temperatures could damage the catalytic converter the fuel system interior floor coverings or other vehicle components possibly causing a fire Powertrain malfunction reduced power RTT if equipped T Displays when the engine has _ ca defaulted to a limp home operation NW 8O0000 0 mi ss Report the fault to a dealer at the earliest opportunity Brake system warning light To confirm the brake system warning O P light is functional it will momentarily illuminate when the B RAKE ignition is turned to the ON position when the engine is not running or in a position between ON and START or by applying the parking brake when the ignition is turned to the ON position If the brake system warning light does not illuminate at this time seek service immediately from your authorized dealer Illumination after releasing the parking brake indicates low brake fluid level and the brake system should be inspected immediately by your authorized dealer Driving a vehicle with the brake system warning light on is dangerous A significant decrease in braking performance may occur It will take you longer to stop the vehicle Have the vehicle checked by your authorized dealer Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of perso
49. distracted can result in loss of vehicle control accident and injury Ford strongly recommends that drivers use extreme caution when using any device that may take their focus off the road The drivers primary responsibility is the safe operation of their vehicle Only use cell phones and other devices not essential to the driving task when it is safe to do so 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Introduction Export unique Non United States Canada vehicle specific information For your particular global region your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the ones that are described in this Owner s Guide A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book By referring to the market unique supplement if provided you can properly identify those features recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle This Owner s Guide is written primarily for the U S and Canadian Markets Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for Export Refer to this Owner s Guide for all other required information and warnings 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Introduction These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle Vehicle Symbol Glossary Safety Alert A ik T fe oe Tether iN Anti Lock Brake System Powertrain Malfunction Fasten Safety Belt Airbag Sid
50. doors entry gate operators security systems entry door locks and home or office lighting When programming your HomeLink Wireless Control System to a garage door or gate be sure that people and objects are out of the way to prevent potential harm or damage Do not use the HomeLink Wireless Control System with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door which cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards For more information contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 Retain the original transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future programming procedures i e new HomeLink equipped vehicle purchase It is also suggested that upon the sale of the vehicle the programmed Homelink buttons be erased for security purposes refer to Programming in this section Programming Do not program HomeLink with the vehicle parked in the garage Note Your vehicle may require the ignition switch to be turned to the ACC position for programming and or operation of the HomeLink It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal 111
51. economy when operated in the top cruise gear and with steady pressure on the gas pedal e Four wheel drive operation Gf equipped is less fuel efficient than two wheel drive operation e Close windows for high speed driving EPA window sticker Every new vehicle should have the EPA window sticker Contact your authorized dealer if the window sticker is not supplied with your vehicle The EPA window sticker should be your guide for the fuel economy comparisons with other vehicles It is important to note the box in the lower left corner of the window sticker These numbers represent the range of fuel economy expected on the vehicle under optimum conditions Your fuel economy may vary depending upon the method of operation and conditions EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM C4 Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a catalytic converter which will enable your vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control components continue to work properly e Use only the specified fuel listed e Avoid running out of fuel e Do not turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving especially at high speeds e Have the items listed in scheduled maintenance information performed according to the specified schedule The scheduled maintenance items listed in scheduled maintenance information are essential to the life and performance of your ve
52. engine and begin to drive away A brief 257 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving mechanical noise may be heard during this test This is normal If a malfunction is found the ABS warning light will come on If the vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized dealer The ABS operates by detecting the onset of wheel lockup during brake applications and compensates for this tendency The wheels are prevented from locking even when the brakes are firmly applied Using ABS e In an emergency or when maximum efficiency from the four wheel ABS is required apply continuous force on the brake The four wheel ABS will be activated immediately thus allowing you to retain steering control of your vehicle and providing there is sufficient space will enable you to avoid obstacles and bring the vehicle to a controlled stop e The anti lock system does not always reduce stopping distance Always leave enough room between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you to stop e We recommend that you familiarize yourself with this braking technique However avoid taking any unnecessary risks ABS warning lamp The ABS warning lamp in the instrument cluster momentarily illuminates when the ignition is turned on If the light does not illuminate momentarily at start up remains on or continues to flash the ABS needs to
53. exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving Warning The reverse sensing system is automatically enabled when the gear selector is placed in R Reverse and the ignition is ON A control in the message center allows the driver to disable the system only when the ignition is ON and the gear selector is in R Reverse Refer to Message center in the Driver Controls chapter The message center will indicate the system is OFF and will not allow the driver to switch the system ON to indicate a failure of the reverse sensing system The radar sensor is located behind the rear bumper fascia Always keep the rear bumper fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt These elements may cause the system to operate inaccurately If the vehicle sustains damage to the rear bumper fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms CONTROL TRAC FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4X4 OPERATION IF EQUIPPED For important information regarding safe operation of this type of vehicle see Preparing to drive your vehicle in this chapter If equipped with the Control Trac 4x4 System and 4L 4x4 LOW is selected while the vehicle is moving the system will not engage This is normal and should be no reason for concern Before 4L 4x4 LOW can be engaged the vehicle must be brought to a complete stop and the transmission placed in N Neutral Do not use 4H 4X4
54. from the terminals and clean with a wire brush You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water It is recommended that the negative battery cable terminal be disconnected from the battery if you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period of time This will minimize the discharge of your battery during storage Note Electrical or electronic accessories or components added to the vehicle by the dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury Therefore do not allow flames sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery When working near the battery always shield your face and protect your eyes Always provide proper ventilation When lifting a plastic cased battery excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps resulting in personal injury and or damage to the vehicle or battery Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners 337 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Keep batteries out of reach of children Batteries contain sulfuric acid Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution In case of acid contact with skin or eyes flush immediately with water for a minimum
55. hear all tracks on the current MP3 folder in random order Press again to stop SCAN Press for a brief sampling of all tracks on the current MP3 folder Press again to stop FOLDER LIST Press access folder mode and to go to the previous next folder in the MP3 disc MP3 disc quality factors Several factors can effect disc playback quality ELP The Only Way mp3 FOLDER LIST COMP SHUFFLE SCAN BACK e Disc capacity Each disc contains about 650 MB of storage capacity We do not recommend using high capacity discs containing TOOMB of storage e Disc type Some CD RW discs may operate inconsistently and may cause an error message to appear We recommend burning MP3 files onto CD R discs Disc finalization The disc may be left open for the purpose of adding sessions to it at a later time but be sure to close each session or the disc will not play Bit rate The player supports bit rates from 32 320 kbps as well as variable bit rate MP3 files but lower bit rates will have a noticeable effect on sound quality and are recommended only for speech or low fidelity music material We recommend that you encode MP3 files using a high quality encoder e PC configuration Encoding MP3 files requires intensive use of your computer s resources Follow the PC configuration recommendations of the encoder software vendor We recommend that you avoid running other software applications on your PC during MP3 encoding to avoi
56. if the wipers chatter and move in a jerky motion clean the outer surface of the windshield and the wiper blades using a sponge or soft cloth with a neutral detergent or mild abrasive cleaning solution After cleaning rinse the windshield and wiper blades with clean water The windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse the windshield with water Do not use sharp objects such as a razor blade to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals as it may cause damage to the rear window defroster s heated grid lines INSTRUMENT PANEL INTERIOR TRIM AND CLUSTER LENS Clean the instrument panel interior trim areas and cluster lens with a clean and damp white cotton cloth then with a clean and dry white cotton cloth you may also use Motorcraft Dash amp Vinyl Cleaner ZC 38 A on the instrument panel and interior trim areas e Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel The dull finish in this area helps protect the driver from undesirable windshield reflection 325 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Cleaning e Be certain to wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion in order to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces e Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel interior trim and cl
57. ignition is switched off 1 To change the time delay of the autolamp feature select this T 7 function from the SETUP MENU RUTOLAMP SEC 2 Press and hold the RESET stem lt O gt 10 cB for 2 seconds to select the new Autolamp delay time in seconds values of 0 10 20 30 60 90 120 or 180 and wraps back to 0 Selecting 0 will result in no delay feature 3 Press the RESET stem for the next SETUP MENU item or wait for more than 4 seconds to return to the INFO MENU HOLD RESET FOR SETUP MENU will appear Autolock This feature automatically locks all vehicle doors when the vehicle is shifted into any gear and when the vehicle is in motion over 13 mph 20 km h or higher 1 To disable enable the autolock feature select this function from the 7 7 SETUP MENU Au OLOCK 2 Press and hold the RESET stem lt ON gt OFF for 2 seconds to turn the autolock feature ON or OFF 3 Press the RESET stem for the next SETUP MENU item or wait for more than 4 seconds to return to the INFO MENU HOLD RESET FOR SETUP MENU will appear 121 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Language Note When entering the SETUP MENU and a non English language has been selected HOLD RESET FOR ENGLISH will be displayed to change back to English 1 Select this function from the SETUP MENU for the current LANGUAGE language to be displayed Ki 2 Press and h
58. in the following chart 229 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law a a REET T PN 8 mph 40 kwh po QT 99 mph 159 rh OEO PR 106 mph GT rh O pS mph 80 kev p24 mph 200 kr pV 1469 mph 240 rv Note For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph 240 km h tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph 299 km h tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR 8 U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall 9 M S or M S Mud and Snow or AT All Terrain or AS All Season 10 Tire Ply Composition and Material Used Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewal
59. load floor position Before folding the third row seats fold the head restraints down by pulling on the strap located at the bottom of the restraint 175 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Pull up on the handle located behind the seatback while pushing the seatback forward and down into the seat cushion To return the seatback to its original position lift the seatback until it latches into place Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision Third row power folding seat if equipped Note Be sure that the head restraints are folded down before a N powering the 3rd row seat down a a T N The control buttons are located on Yo sl the right hand rear quarter trim 2 g panel accessible from the liftgate area gt So i 176 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Push the bottom portion of the control button to lower the desired seatback Push the top of the control button to return the seatback to its original position The power fold down seats will operate for 10
60. minutes after the ignition switch is in Off The transmission must be in P park and the liftgate or liftgate glass must be open Similar to the Battery Saver feature the power 3rd row seat will be disabled 10 minutes after turning the vehicle off If the power 3rd row seat is disabled after 10 minutes the seat can be enabled by opening any door pressing the unlock key on the key fob pressing any keyless keypad button or turning the ignition key 177 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints SAFETY RESTRAINTS Personal Safety System The Personal Safety System provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag related injuries The system is able to analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations Your vehicle s Personal Safety System consists of e Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints e Front safety belts with pretensioners energy management retractors and safety belt usage sensors e Driver s seat position sensor e Front crash severity sensor e Restraints Control Module RCM e Restraint system warning light and back up tone e The electrical wiring for the airbags crash sensor s safety b
61. no more than ten seconds This step will program your new key to a coded key 6 To program additional new unprogrammed key s repeat this procedure from Step 1 If successful the new coded key s will start the vehicle s engine and the theft indicator will illuminate for three seconds and then go out If not successful the new coded key s will not start the vehicle s engine and the theft indicator will flash on and off and you may repeat Steps 1 through 5 If failure repeats bring your vehicle to your authorized dealer to have the new spare key s programmed 160 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints SEATING Front row adjustable head restraints Your vehicle s seats are equipped with two way adjustable head restraints The purpose of these head restraints is to help limit head motion in the event of a rear collision To properly adjust your head restraints lift the head restraint so that it is located directly behind your head or as close to that position as possible Refer to the following illustration to raise and lower the head restraints Lift the head restraint to raise the 4 height Push control to lower head restraint Adjusting the front manual seat if equipped Never adjust the driver s seat or seatback when the vehicle is moving Do not pile cargo higher than the seatbacks to reduce the risk of injuring people in a collision or sudden stop
62. not have a Tire Label Look for THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX Ib for maximum payload The payload listed on the Tire Label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If any aftermarket or authorized dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the Tire Label in order to determine the new payload The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity how much space is available or by payload capacity how much weight the vehicle should carry Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle do not add more cargo even if there is space available Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover 239 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Example only CARGO Cargo Weight including cargo TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTALS FRONT2 REAR3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs 7 MANUAL FOR 200 KPA 29 Ps ADDITIONAL SPARE 7145 80D16 420 KPA 60PSI INFORMATION P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI XXX XX XXXX XXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX TIRE AND LOAD INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS RELATIFS AUX PNEUS ET LA CHARGE SEATING CAPAC
63. number using memory presets 1 6 When the display reads LOAD CD load the desired disc label side up If you do not choose a slot within 5 seconds the system will choose for you Once loaded the first track will begin to play To auto load up to 6 discs press and hold LOAD until the display reads AUTOLOAD Load the desired disc label side up The system will prompt you to load discs for the remaining available slots Insert the discs one at a time label side up when prompted Once loaded the last loaded disc will begin to play Note An MP3 disc with folders will show F001 folder T001 track in the display An MP3 disc without folders will show T001 track in the display Refer to MP3 folder structure later in this chapter for further information 3 In CD MP3 mode you can access the following features Press lt Q SEEK SEEK gt to access the previous next tracks seex seek Press and hold REW to manually reverse in a CD MP3 track Press and hold FF to manually advance in a CD MP3 track While in folder mode press lt q FOLDER to access the previous folder on MP3 discs if available While in folder mode press FOLDER gt to access the next folder on MP3 discs if available 23 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems Press SHUFFLE to engage shuffle a mode SHUFFLE ON will appear in the display If you wish to engage shuffle mode right away p
64. of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention If acid is swallowed call a physician immediately Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after handling To account for customer driving habits and conditions your automatic transmission electronically controls the shift quality by using an adaptive learning strategy The adaptive learning strategy is maintained by power from the battery When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed the transmission must relearn its adaptive strategy Optimal shifting will resume within a few hundred miles kilometers of operation If the shift quality does not improve within a few hundred miles kilometers of operation or if the downshifts and other throttle conditions do not function normally or after a long deceleration period see your authorized dealer or a qualified service technician as soon as possible Because your vehicle s engine is also electronically controlled by a computer some control conditions are maintained by power from the battery When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed the engine must relearn its idle and fuel trim strategy for optimum driveability and performance To begin this process 1 With the vehicle at a complete stop set the parking brake 2 Put the gearshift in P Park turn off all accessories and start the engine 3 Run the engine until it reaches normal operating te
65. of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall Tire replacement requirements Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size load index speed rating and type such as P metric versus LT metric or all season versus all terrain as those originally provided by Ford The recommended tire and wheel size may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label or the Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or edge of the driver s door If this information is not found on these labels then you should consult your Ford dealer Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle or transfer case power transfer unit failure If you have questions regarding tire replacement see an authorized dealer 225 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading When mounting replacement tires and wheels you should not exceed the maximum
66. on dry roads e The suspension insulation and bumpers will help prevent vehicle damage Do not remove these components from your vehicle when using snow tires and chains e Do not exceed 30 mph 48 km h with tire chains on your vehicle VEHICLE LOADING WITH AND WITHOUT A TRAILER This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading 238 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s Tire Label or Safety Compliance Certification Label Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment PAYLOAD Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is carrying The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire Label on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may
67. operation is noted Refer to Interior in the Cleaning chapter Safety belt warning light and indicator chime A The safety belt warning light illuminates in the instrument cluster and a chime sounds to remind the occupants to fasten their safety belts 187 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Conditions of operation The driver safety belt is not The safety belt warning light buckled before the ignition illuminates 1 2 minutes and the switch is turned to the ON warning chime sounds 4 8 seconds position The driver safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled while the indicator warning chime turn off light is illuminated and the warning chime is sounding The driver safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled before the ignition indicator chime remain off switch is turned to the ON position Belt Minder The Belt Minder feature is a supplemental warning to the safety belt warning function This feature provides additional reminders to the driver that the driver s safety belt is unbuckled by intermittently sounding a chime and illuminating the safety belt warning lamp in the instrument cluster When the Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for 6 seconds every 30 seconds repeating for approximately 5 minutes or until the safety belts are buckled The Belt
68. other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire Do not start your vehicle in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas Exhaust fumes can be toxic Always open the garage door before you start the engine See Guarding against exhaust fumes in this chapter for more instructions 253 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes Important safety precautions A computer system controls the engine s idle revolutions per minute RPM When the engine starts the idle RPM runs higher than normal in order to warm the engine If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically have the vehicle checked Do not allow the vehicle to idle for more than 10 minutes at the higher engine RPM Before starting the vehicle 1 Make sure all vehicle occupants have buckled their safety belts For more information on safety belts and their proper usage refer to the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter 2 Make sure the headlamps and vehicle accessories are off 3 Make sure the gearshift is in P Park PRND321 254 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving 4 Make sure the parking brake is set 5 Turn the key to 3 ON without turning the key to 4 START
69. positions until they are again moved manually 103 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Heated outside mirrors Li if equipped Both mirrors are heated automatically to remove ice mist and fog when the rear window defrost is activated Type A Type B Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or attempt to readjust the mirror glass if it is frozen in place These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors Signal indicator mirrors if equipped When the turn signal is activated the lower portion of the mirror housing will blink 104 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls POWER ADJUSTABLE FOOT PEDALS IF EQUIPPED The accelerator and brake pedal should only be adjusted when the vehicle is stopped and the gearshift A lever is in the P Park position S Press and hold the rocker control to v adjust accelerator and brake pedal e Press the top of the control to adjust the pedals toward you e Press the bottom of the control to adjust the pedals away from you The adjustment allows for approximately 3 inches 76 mm of maximum travel Never adjust the accelerator and brake pedal with feet on the pedals while the vehicle is moving SPEED CONTROL With speed control set you can maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal Do not use the speed control in heavy traffic
70. post 2002 fmt USA fus Cleaning e For plastic headlamp lenses use Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES The windshield rear and side windows and the wiper blades should be cleaned regularly If the wipers do not wipe properly substances on the vehicle s glass or the wiper blades may be the cause These may include hot wax treatments used by commercial car washes water repellent coatings tree sap or other organic contamination these contaminants may cause squeaking or chatter noise from the blades and streaking and smearing of the windshield To clean these items follow these tips e The windshield rear windows and side windows may be cleaned with a non abrasive cleaner such as Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 available from your authorized dealer e The wiper blades can be cleaned with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate ZC 32 A available from your authorized dealer This washer fluid contains special solution in addition to alcohol which helps to remove the hot wax deposited on the wiper blade and windshield from automated car wash facilities Be sure to replace wiper blades when they appear worn or do not function properly e Do not use abrasives as they may cause scratches e Do not use fuel kerosene or paint thinner to clean any parts If you cannot remove those streaks after cleaning with the glass cleaner or
71. pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated re lubricate and try again When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 20 psi greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire 1 Make sure that you have the correct tire and wheel size 2 Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again 3 Stand at a minimum of 12 feet away from the tire wheel assembly 4 Use both eye and ear protection For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi greater than the maximum pressure a Ford Dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing at a minimum of 12 ft away from the tire wheel assembly Important Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle It is recommended that the two front tires or two rear tires generally be replaced as a pair The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels originally installed on your vehicle are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your Tire Pressure Monitoring System If the TPMS indicator is flashing your TPMS is malfunctioning Your repla
72. radio mode if equipped press lt 4 SEEK SEEK to seek to the previous next channel In CATEGORY MODE press A IV to select a specific category Jazz Rock News etc Once the desired category is in the display press lt Q SEEK SEEK P gt to seek to the previous next channel in the selected category Press and hold SCAN for a brief sampling of all channels in the selected category In TEXT MODE press lt Q SEEK SEEK P gt to view the previous additional display text Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 34 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 6 gt II Play Pause This ED control is operational in CD and DVD mode if equipped When a CD or DVD is playing in the FES system press this control to play or pause the current CD DVD The CD DVD status will display in the radio display If your vehicle is equipped with a Family Entertainment System FES please refer to Family entertainment DVD system later in this section for further information 7 SHUFFLE In CD MP3 mode ka press SHUFFLE to engage shuffle mode SHUFFLE ON will appear in the display If you wish to engage shuffle mode right away press SEEK to begin random play Otherwise random play will begin when the current track is finished playing CD SHUF will appear in the display To disengage press SHUFFLE again
73. section Severe climates If you drive in extremely cold climates less than 34 F 36 C J e It may be necessary to increase the coolant concentration above 50 e NEVER increase the coolant concentration above 60 e Increased engine coolant concentrations above 60 will decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage e Refer to the chart on the coolant container to ensure the coolant concentration in your vehicle will provide adequate freeze protection at the temperatures in which you drive in the winter months If you drive in extremely hot climates e It is still necessary to maintain the coolant concentration above 40 e NEVER decrease the coolant concentration below 40 e Decreased engine coolant concentrations below 40 will decrease the corrosion protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage e Decreased engine coolant concentrations below 40 will decrease the freeze protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage e Refer to the chart on the coolant container to ensure the coolant concentration in your vehicle will provide adequate protection at the temperatures in which you drive Vehicles driven year round in non extreme climates should use a 50 50 mixture of engine coolant and distilled water for optimum cooling system and engine protection What you should know about fail safe cooling If the engin
74. side collisions and rollovers when the vehicle is equipped with the Safety Canopy system This helps increase the effectiveness of the safety belts In frontal collisions the safety belt pretensioners can be activated alone or if the collision is of sufficient severity together with the front airbags Front safety belt energy management retractors The front outboard safety belt energy management retractors allow webbing to be pulled out of the retractor in a gradual and controlled manner in response to the occupant s forward momentum This helps reduce the risk of force related injuries to the occupant s chest by limiting the load on the occupant Refer to Safety restraints section in this chapter 179 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Determining if the Personal Safety System is operational The Personal Safety System uses a warning light in the instrument cluster or a back up tone to indicate the condition of the system Refer to the Warning lights and chimes section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the Personal Safety System is not required The Restraints Control Module RCM monitors its own internal circuits and the circuits for the airbag supplemental restraints crash sensor s safety belt pretensioners front safety belt buckle sensors and the driver seat position sensor In addition the RCM also monitors the restraints warning li
75. signal from the hand held transmitter After completing Steps 1 and 2 outlined in the Programming section replace Step 3 with the following Note If programming a garage door opener or gate operator it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent overheating e Continue to press and hold the HomeLink button note Step 3 in the Programming section while you press and release every two seconds cycle your hand held transmitter until the frequency signal has been accepted by the HomeLink The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after HomeLink accepts the radio frequency signal e Proceed with Step 4 in the Programming section 113 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Operating the HomeLink Wireless Control System To operate simply press and release the appropriate HomeLink button AT Activation will now occur for the trained product garage door gate O C operator security system entry door lock or home or office lighting etc For convenience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time In the event that there are still programming difficulties contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 Erasing HomeLink buttons To erase the three programmed buttons individual buttons cannot 1 be erased e Press and hold the two outer O O Hom
76. specification WSS M2C930 A SAE 5W 20 oil provides optimum fuel economy and durability performance meeting all requirements for your vehicle s engine Do not use supplemental engine oil additives cleaners or other engine treatments They are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that is not covered by Ford warranty Change your engine oil and filter according to the appropriate schedule listed in scheduled maintenance information Ford production and aftermarket Motorcraft oil filters are designed for added engine protection and long life If a replacement oil filter is used that does not meet Ford material and design specifications start up engine noises or knock may be experienced It is recommended you use the appropriate Motorcraft oil filter or another with equivalent performance for your engine application 336 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications BATTERY Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraft maintenance free battery which normally does not require additional water during its life of service If your battery has a cover shield make sure it is reinstalled after the battery has been cleaned or replaced For longer trouble free operation keep the top of the battery clean and dry Also make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to the battery terminals If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals remove the cables
77. speeds have the electrical system checked as soon as possible PARK BRAKE ENGAGED Displayed when the manual park brake is set the engine is running and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph 5 km h If the warning stays on after the park brake is released contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible CHECK BRAKE SYSTEM Displayed when the braking system is not operating properly If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible LOW TIRE PRESSURE if equipped Displayed when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure Refer to Inflating your tires in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter TIRE MONITOR FAULT if equipped Displayed when the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is malfunctioning If the warning stays on or continues to come on have the system inspected by your authorized dealer TIRE SENSOR FAULT if equipped Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in use For more information on how the system operates under these conditions refer to Understanding your Tire Pressure Monitoring System in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter If the warning stays on or continues to come on have the system inspected by your authorized dealer BRAKE FLUID LEVEL LOW Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be inspected immediately Refer to Brake fluid reservoir in the Maintenance and Specifications chapt
78. that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing To determine if the vehicle is ready for I M testing turn the ignition key to the ON position for 15 seconds without cranking the engine If the indicator blinks 355 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing if the Cc indicator stays on solid it means that the vehicle is ready for I M testing The OBD II system is designed to check the emission control system during normal driving A complete check may take several days If the vehicle is not ready for I M testing the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving may be performed 15 minutes of steady driving on an expressway highway followed by 20 minutes of stop and go driving with at least four 30 second idle periods Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight hours without starting the engine Then start the engine and complete the above driving cycle The engine must warm up to its normal operating temperature Once started do not turn off the engine until the above driving cycle is complete If the vehicle is still not ready for I M testing the above driving cycle will have to be repeated POWER STEERING FLUID Check the power steering fluid Refer to the scheduled maintenance information for the service interval schedules 1 Start the engine and let it run until it reaches n
79. the interior lights from illuminating when the doors are opened AIMING THE HEADLAMPS The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant If your vehicle has been in an accident the alignment of your headlamps should be checked by your authorized dealer Vertical aim adjustment Before aim adjustment disable the air suspension system Refer to Message center in the Driver Controls chapter 1 Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface approximately 25 feet 7 6 meters away e 1 8 feet 2 4 meters e 2 Center height of lamp to ground e 8 25 feet 7 6 meters e 4 Horizontal reference line 2 Measure the height from the center of your headlamp indicated by a 3 0 mm circle on the lens to the ground and mark an 8 foot 2 4 meter horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height a piece of masking tape works well 3 Turn on the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood Cover one of the headlamps so no light from that lamp hits the wall 85 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights 4 On the wall or screen you will LE FSI observe a light pattern with a kop AS distinct horizontal edge towards the eas right If this edge is not at the horizontal reference line the beam will need to be adjusted so the edge is at the same height as the horizontal reference li
80. the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label When weather temperature changes occur tire inflation pressures also change A 10 F 6 C temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 psi 7 kPa in inflation pressure Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label 222 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading To check the pressure in your tire s 1 Make sure the tires are cool meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile If you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot G e driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km never bleed or reduce air pressure The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under inflated Note If you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire s check and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate
81. the anti lock brakes Traction Control is a driver aid that helps your vehicle 260 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving If your vehicle should become stuck in deep snow or mud try switching the AdvanceTrac with RSC system off by pressing the AdvanceTrac with RSC button momentarily This will allow your tires to dig for traction If the AdvanceTrac with RSC system is activated excessively in a short period of time the brake portion of the system will disable to allow the brakes to cool down In this situation Traction Control will use only engine power reduction to help control the wheels from over spinning When the brakes have cooled down the system will again function normally Anti lock braking RSC and ESC are not affected by this condition and will function normally during the cool down period If the vehicle is stuck in snow or mud or when driving in deep sand switching off the AdvanceTrac with RSC system may be beneficial so the wheels are allowed to spin If your vehicle seems to lose engine power while driving in deep sand or very deep snow switching off the AdvanceTrac with RSC stability enhancement feature will restore full engine power and will enhance momentum through the obstacle During Traction Control events the sliding car icon in the instrument cluster will flash momentarily Electronic Stability Control ESC The Electronic Stability Control ESC with RSC s
82. the desired location 3 Release the steering wheel release control This will lock the steering wheel in position A Never adjust the steering column when the vehicle is moving ILLUMINATED VISOR MIRROR IF EQUIPPED Lift the mirror cover to turn on the visor mirror lamp Slide on rod feature Cif equipped Rotate the visor towards the side window and extend it rearward for additional sunlight coverage Note To stow the visor back into the headliner visor must be retracted before moving it back towards the windshield 96 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls OVERHEAD CONSOLE The appearance of your vehicle s overhead console will vary according to your option package Forward storage bin if equipped The storage compartment may be used to store a pair of sunglasses Press the release area on the rear edge of the bin door to open the storage compartment The door will open to full open position BE REARWINDOW RE Conversation mirror if equipped On double bin overhead consoles the conversation mirror allows the driver to view the rear seating area A This does not replace the rear view mirror Press the release area on the rear n edge of the bin door to open the e conversation mirror The door will Pa open to full open position a The rear view mirror may have to be adjusted to its lower arm positio
83. the dissimilar spare tires listed above do not e Exceed 50 mph 80 km h e Load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label e Tow a trailer e Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire e Use more than one dissimilar spare tire at a time e Use commercial car washing equipment e Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire 296 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above at any one wheel location can lead to impairment of the following e Handling stability and braking performance e Comfort and noise e Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability e Wet weather driving capability For vehicles equipped with 4WD it is not recommended that the vehicle be operated in 4WD modes with a temporary emergency spare tire If 4WD operation is necessary do not operate above speeds of 10 mph 16 km h or for distances above 50 miles 80 km 3 Full size dissimilar spare without label on wheel When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire wheel do not e Exceed 70 mph 113 km h e Use more than one dissimilar spare tire wheel at a time e Use commercial car washing equipment e Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire wheel The usage of a full size dissimilar spare tire wheel can lead to impairment o
84. the driver should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag SRS and Safety Canopy system is provided To reduce risk of injury do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the inflatable Safety Canopy How does the Safety Canopy system work The design and development of the Safety Canopy system included RI A recommended testing procedures a that were developed by a group of NA automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing oa procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags including the Safety Canopy The Safety Canopy system consists of the following e An inflatable nylon curtain with a gas generator concealed behind the headliner and above the doors one on each side of vehicle e A headliner designed to flex open above the side doors to allow Safety Canopy deployment e The same readiness airbag light electronic control and diagnostic unit as used for the front airbags 199 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints e Two crash sensors mounted in the front doors one on each side of the vehicle e Two crash sensors located at the C pillar behind the rear doors one on each side of the vehicle e Rollover sensor in the restraints control module RCM The Safety Canopy system in combination with safe
85. the noise is excessive check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by your authorized dealer e Heavy or uneven steering efforts may be caused by low power steering pump fluid level Check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by your authorized dealer Do not fill the power steering pump reservoir above the MAX mark on the reservoir as this may result in leaks from the reservoir If the power steering system breaks down or if the engine is turned off you can steer the vehicle manually but it takes more effort If the steering wanders or pulls check for e Underinflated tire s on any wheel s e Uneven vehicle loading e High crown in center of road 264 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving e High crosswinds e Wheels out of alignment e Loose or worn suspension components Variable assist steering Your vehicle is equipped with variable assist power steering At low engine RPM steering assist will adjust to reduce efforts and improve low speed maneuverability At high engine RPM the assist will adjust to improve steering feel at high speeds If the amount of effort required to steer your vehicle changes while driving at a constant engine RPM have the power steering system checked by your authorized dealer AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The air suspension system is designed to improve ride handling and general vehicle performa
86. these steps to add engine coolant To reduce the risk of personal injury make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly 341 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Add the proper mixture of coolant and water to the cooling system by following these steps 1 Before you begin turn the engine off and let it cool 2 When the engine is cool wrap a thick cloth around the coolant pressure relief cap on the coolant reservoir a translucent plastic bottle Slowly turn cap counterclockwise left until pressure begins to release 3 Step back while the pressure releases 4 When you are sure that all the pressure has been released use the cloth to turn it counterclockwise and remove the cap 5 Fill the coolant reservoir slowly with the proper coolant mixture see above to within the COLD FILL RANGE or the FULL COLD level on the reservoir If you removed the radiator cap in an overflow system fill the radiator until the coolant is visible and radiator is almost full 6 Replace the cap Turn until tightly installed Cap must be tightly installed to prevent coolant loss After any coolant has been added check the coolant concentration refer to Checking engine coolant If the concentration is not 50 50 protection
87. this control to play or pause the current CD or DVD The CD DVD status will display in the radio display For further information on the Family Entertainment System FES please refer to Family Entertainment DVD system later in this section 7 SHUFFLE In CD MP3 mode press SHUFFLE to engage shuffle mode SHUFFLE ON will appear in the display If you wish to engage shuffle mode right away press SEEK to begin random play Otherwise random play will begin when the current track is finished playing CD SHUF will appear in the display To disengage press SHUFFLE again SHUFFLE OFF will appear in the display Note In CD MP3 mode press SHUFFLE to play the tracks in random order In MP3 folder mode the system will randomly play all tracks within the current folder 28 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 8 FOLDER In folder mode press FOLDER gt to access next folder on MP3 discs if available 9 lt q FOLDER In folder mode press A FOLDER to access the previous folder on MP3 discs if available 10 FF Fast forward Press FF to manually advance in a CD MP3 track 11 REW Rewind Press REW to manually reverse in a CD MP3 track 12 Memory presets To set a station select the desired frequency band AM FM1 or FM2 Tune to the desired station Press and hold a preset button until sound returns and PRESET SAVED appears in the display You can save up to 1
88. tire is not in use and the TPMS warning light is still ON have the system inspected by your authorized dealer When inflating your tires When putting air into your tires such as at a gas station or in your garage the Tire Pressure Monitoring System may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph 82 km h for the light to turn OFF after you have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure How temperature affects your tire pressure The Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire While driving in a normal manner a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase approximately 2 to 4 psi 14 to 28 kPa from a cold start situation If the vehicle is stationary over night with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature the tire pressure may decrease approximately 3 psi 20 7 kPa for a drop of 30 F 16 6 C in ambient temperature This lower pressure value may be detected by the TPMS as being significantly lower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the TPMS warning for low tire pressure If the low tire pressure warning light is ON visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat If one or more tires are flat repair as necessary Check air pressure in the road tires If 237 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires W
89. tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation Note Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare tire wheel A dissimilar spare tire wheel is defined as a spare tire and or wheel that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels If you have a dissimilar spare tire wheel it is intended for temporary use only and should not be used in a tire rotation Note After having your tires rotated inflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the vehicle requirements INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THE TIRE SIDEWALL Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall 228 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Information on P type tires P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size load index and speed rating The definitions of these items are listed below Note that the tire size load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example 1 P Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that may be u
90. to 34 F 36 C drain some coolant and adjust the concentration It may take several drains and additions to obtain a 50 50 coolant concentration Whenever coolant has been added the coolant level in the coolant reservoir should be checked the next few times you drive the vehicle If necessary add enough 50 50 concentration of engine coolant and distilled water to bring the liquid level to the proper level If you have to add more than 1 0 quart 1 0 liter of engine coolant per month have your authorized dealer check the engine cooling system Your cooling system may have a leak Operating an engine with a low level of coolant can result in engine overheating and possible engine damage Recycled engine coolant Ford Motor Company does NOT recommend the use of recycled engine coolant in vehicles originally equipped with Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant since a Ford approved recycling process is not yet available Used engine coolant should be disposed of in an appropriate manner Follow your community s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids 342 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Coolant refill capacity To find out how much fluid your vehicle s cooling system can hold refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter Fill your engine coolant reservoir as outlined in Adding engine coolant in this
91. to permanent injury Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin If fuel is splashed on the skin and or clothing promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism Breathing gasoline vapors or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction In sensitive individuals serious personal injury or sickness may result If fuel is splashed on the skin promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck Never smoke while refueling Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions Care should be taken to avoid inhaling excess fumes The flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity which can cause a fire if fuel is pumped into an ungrounded fuel container 346 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Refueling Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island e Turn off your engine when you are refueling e Do not smo
92. to the LOCK position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle 267 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer Brake shift interlock floor shift transmission This vehicle is equipped with a brake shift interlock feature that prevents the gearshift lever from being moved from P Park when the ignition is in the ON position unless the brake pedal is depressed If you cannot move the gearshift lever out of P Park with ignition in the ON position and the brake pedal depressed or when the ignition is in the OFF position it is possible that a fuse has blown or the vehicle s brakelamps are not operating properly Refer to Fuses and relays in the Roadside Emergencies chapter If the fuse is not blown perform the following procedure 1 Apply the parking brake turn the ignition to OFF then remove the key 2 Using a screwdriver or similar tool remove the protective cover to the interlock release access hole located to the right of the gearshift lever 3 Insert a screwdriver or similar tool straight down into the access hole and press downward while pulling the gearshift lever out of the P Park position and into the N Neutral position 4 Remove tool and reinstall the protective cover 5 Start the vehicle and releas
93. vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash Each time you use the safety seat check that the seat is properly attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor Try to move the child seat from side to side Also try to tug the seat forward Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases 216 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading NOTICE TO UTILITY VEHICLE AND TRUCK OWNERS Utility vehicles and trucks handle differently than passenger cars in the various driving conditions that are encountered on streets highways and off road Utility vehicles and trucks are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from a rollover or other crash you must e Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers e Drive at safe speeds for the conditions e Keep tires properly inflated e Never overload or improperly load your vehicle and e Make sure every passenger is properly restrained In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt All occupants must wear se
94. 0 c00 337 replacement specifications 00 360 361 SOLVICING garenon Tenia or 337 Belt Minder ccccccccceseeees 188 Booster seats ccccccccccceeesseeees 202 Brakes erraren ea 257 anti lock eeeeeeeseeeeseeees 257 258 anti lock brake system ABS warning light 0 258 fluid checking and adding 357 fluid refill capacities 362 fluid specifications 362 lubricant specifications 362 PATRI sscssctacecscevsdivacasaenteraass 259 shift interlock 00 266 268 BUDS siciceessssedseaertevivcshsaavacpataatneess 88 C Capacities for refilling fluids 362 Carga COVED sorria 143 Cargo management system 142 Cassette tape player 008 25 Cell PHONE USE 2c cece descenccvceea dives 8 Changing a tire 0 295 Child safety restraints 202 child safety belts 0 0 0 0 202 Child safety seats 0 0 00 206 371 Index in front seat wo 207 IM TEAL SEAL errosa 207 210 Child safety seats booster Seats 202 Cleaning your vehicle engine compartment 324 instrument panel 08 325 INETI seinneidearan 326 327 plastic parts wo eee 324 Washing ss actaciastoancacaectsseeshevene 322 WOKING erranei edr rnana e teense 323 WHEEIS AEA 323 wiper blades ccccceeeeee 325 Clock adjust 6 CD ani Dash esson 32 AM FM CD ccccccecccccceeeeeseenees 26 Compass electronic 0 0 1t7
95. 00 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS CANADA ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada using their toll free number 1 800 333 0510 321 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Cleaning WASHING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A which is available from your authorized dealer e Never use strong household detergents or soap such as dish washing or laundry liquid These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces e Never wash a vehicle that is hot to the touch or during exposure to strong direct sunlight e Always use a clean sponge or car wash mitt with plenty of water for best results e Dry the vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting e It is especially important to wash the vehicle regularly during the winter months as dirt and road salt are difficult to remove and cause damage to the vehicle e Immediately remove items such as gasoline diesel fuel bird droppings and insect deposits because they can cause damage to the vehicle s paintwork and trim over time Use Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 whi
96. 00 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 70 mph 112 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This style of driving will help the engine and other parts of your vehicle break in at the heavier loads For more detailed information about towing a trailer refer to Trailer towing in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter Do not add friction modifier compounds or special break in oils during the first few thousand miles kilometers of operation since these additives may prevent piston ring seating See Engine oil in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter for more information on oil usage SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle s New Vehicle Limited Warranty refer to the Warranty Guide that is provided to you along with your Owner s Guide Special instructions For your added safety your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls Please read the section Airbag supplemental restraint system SRS in the Seating and Safety Restraints chapter Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury Front seat mounted rear facing child or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Introduction Service Data Recording Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collec
97. 02 fmt USA fus 67 Entertainment Systems Frame by frame 1 With a DVD playing press pause ED 2 Press the right cursor button The DVD will advance one frame Each 2 press of the right cursor button will advance the DVD video by one frame Headphone auxiliary jacks There are wired headphones not included and auxiliary jacks on the left and right side of your DVD system They can be used to plug in wired headphones or to connect and play auxiliary electronic devices such as game systems personal camcorders video cassette recorders etc On the left side of the system is the Headphone A input jack This 1 2 3 4 headphone will listen to the media selected on the Channel A source When you need to make any adjustments to the media volume Oya etc ensure that the Channel A source is highlighted For more information refer to Headphone adjustments Also located here are the various auxiliary jacks which can be used to plug in a VCR camcorder video games etc The specific jacks are as follows 1 Yellow video input 2 White left channel audio input 3 Red right channel audio input 4 Black wired headphone jack not included 68 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems The B headphone jack 5 is located on the right side of the DVD system 5 Plug in wired headphones not included here Note The B headphones can
98. 2 5 sessed weeencsete 150 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Index replacement additional TANSMIWWETS sisi sssscessecsesesasvevess 153 replacing the batteries 152 Reverse sensing system 272 Roadside assistance 066 285 S Safety Belt Maintenance 187 Safety belts see Safety restraints 178 180 182 185 Safety Canopy cceee 196 198 Safety defects reporting 321 Safety restraints isss 178 180 182 185 Belt Minder iiie 188 extension assembly 187 for adults ee 182 184 for Children sccsisiieccoacss 201 202 safety belt maintenance 187 warning light and chime 187 188 Safety seats for children 206 Safety Compliance Certification Label 0 00000 367 Satellite Radio Information 44 SEATS arsan aaa a 161 child safety seats 00000000 206 climate control ssnsssiissrsiis 167 memory Seat 151 166 SecuriLock passive anti theft system 157 159 Servicing your vehicle 329 Setting the clock AM FM single CD oaaae 26 AM FM In dash 6 CD 000 32 SNOWDPIOWING eeceeeseeeeteeeteeeees 8 375 Index Spare tire see Changing the Tire 298 Spark plugs specifications 360 361 366 Special notice utility type vehicles 0 0 8 Specification chart l bricants esns nar 362 Speed control
99. 5 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies The use of tire sealants may damage your tires The use of tire sealants may also damage your Tire Pressure Monitoring System Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter for important information If the tire pressure monitor sensor becomes damaged it will no longer function Dissimilar spare tire wheel information Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control injury or death If you have a dissimilar spare tire wheel then it is intended for temporary use only This means that if you need to use it you should replace it as soon as possible with a road tire wheel that is the same size and type as the road tires and wheels that were originally provided by Ford If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged it should be replaced rather than repaired A dissimilar spare tire wheel is defined as a spare tire and or wheel that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types 1 T type mini spare This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall 2 Full size dissimilar spare with label on wheel This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states THIS TIRE AND WHEEL FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY When driving with one of
100. 8 stations six in AM six in FM1 and FM2 In satellite radio mode if equipped there are 18 available presets six each for SAT1 SAT2 and SAT3 To save satellite channels in your memory presets tune to the desired channel then press and hold a preset control until sound returns Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 13 TEXT SCAN In radio and Ey CD MP3 mode press and hold for a brief sampling of radio stations or CD tracks Press again to stop In CD MP3 mode press and release to display song title artist name and album title In TEXT MODE sometimes the display requires additional text to be displayed When the gt indicator is active press TEXT and then SEEK gt to view the additional display text When the lt indicator is active press TEXT and then lt SEEK to view the previous display text 29 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems In satellite radio mode if equipped press and release to enter TEXT MODE and display the current song title While in TEXT MODE press again to scroll through the current song title artist channel category and the SIRIUS long channel name Press and hold to hear a brief sampling of the next channels Press again to stop In CATEGORY MODE press SCAN to hear a brief sampling of the channels in the selected category Press again to sto
101. A Motorcraft Paint Sealant ZC 45 Motorcraft Premium Car Wash Concentrate U S only ZC 17 B Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner Canada only CXC 100 Motorcraft Premium Liquid Wax ZC 53 A Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate ZC 32 A Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover U S only ZC 14 Motorcraft Tire Clean and Shine ZC 28 Motorcraft Triple Clean U S only ZC 13 Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner Canada only CXC 93 Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A 328 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS To help you service your vehicle we provide scheduled maintenance information which makes tracking routine service easy If your vehicle requires professional service your authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service Check your Warranty Guide to find out which parts and services are covered Use only recommended fuels lubricants fluids and service parts conforming to specifications Motorcraft parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle PRECAUTIONS WHEN SERVICING YOUR VEHICLE e Do not work on a hot engine e Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts e Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed space unless you are sur
102. AT2 or SATS to listen to satellite radio 3 Press lt Q SEEK SEEK to access the previous or next satellite Gseex 7 seexe channel You may also seek by music category For further information refer to CATEGORY listing under the MENU control on your specific audio system 4 Once you are tuned to the desired channel press and hold a memory preset 1 6 to save the channel PRESET SAVED will appear on the display and the sound will return signifying the station has been saved You can save up to six channels in each six in SAT1 six in SAT2 and six in SATS To access your saved channels press the corresponding memory preset The memory preset and the channel name will appear on the display Listening to a CD MP3 if equipped 1 If the audio system is turned off VOL PUSH press VOL PUSH to turn the radio on Turn VOL PUSH to adjust the volume Note The system may take a few moments to turn on 2 Press CD to enter CD mode If a disc is already loaded into the system CD play will begin where it ended last 22 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems For a single CD system if a disc is not already loaded insert only one label side up into the CD slot LOADING CD and READING DISC will appear in the display The first track on the disc will begin playing For an in dash six CD system if a disc is not already loaded press LOAD Select a slot
103. Depress the four tabs that hold the light assembly on one at a time and pull the black bulb carrier away from the lamp 5 Pull the old bulb out and replace with the new bulb 6 Snap the black bulb carrier into the lamp assembly 7 Connect the wire harness 8 Install the lamp assembly with two screws Replacing foglamp bulbs 1 From underneath the vehicle rotate the harness bulb assembly counterclockwise to remove from the fog lamp assembly 2 Carefully disconnect the bulb from the harness assembly via the two snap clips Install the new bulb in reverse order 92 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights Replacing license plate lamp bulb The license plate bulbs are located in the license plate housing assembly on the liftgate To change the license plate bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp switch is in the OFF position 2 Remove the license lamp screw from the assembly 3 Pull the lamp down and twist the bulb socket counterclockwise Remove the bulb socket from the lamp 4 Pull out the old bulb and push in the new bulb 5 Install the bulb socket in the lamp assembly by turning it clockwise 6 Install the lamp assembly and secure it with the retaining screw Approach lamp mirror turn signal bulb removal if equipped To change the bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp switch is in the OFF position and then fold the mirror forward 2 Press the clip a
104. EASY ENTRY function from the SETUP control for lt ON gt OFF the current display mode 2 Press the RESET control to turn the easy entry exit ON or OFF Autolamp delay This feature keeps your headlights on for up to three minutes after the ignition is switched off 1 To disable enable the autolamp delay feature select this function SUTGLARP GELAY from the SETUP control for the current display mode lt 0 gt 10 20 2 Press the RESET control to select the new Autolamp delay values of 0 10 20 30 60 90 120 or 180 seconds Air Suspension Before disabling the air suspension make sure the liftgate and liftgate glass are in the closed position 1 To disable enable the air suspension feature with the vehicle AIR SUSPENSION in P Park select this function ON lt QFF gt from the SETUP control for the current display mode 2 Press the RESET control to turn the air suspension OFF or ON 130 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Autolock This feature automatically locks all vehicle doors when the vehicle is shifted into any gear putting the vehicle in motion 1 To disable enable the autolock feature select this function from the AUTO LOCKS SETUP control for the current lt ON gt QFF display mode 2 Press the RESET control to turn the autolock ON or OFF Power Liftgate if equipped This feature allows users to open close the rear lif
105. ID LEVEL 4 DOOR LIFTGATE GLASS AJAR 5 BRAKE SYSTEM 6 FUEL LEVEL will only display if 50 miles or less to empty Oil life An oil change is required whenever indicated by the message center and according to the recommended maintenance schedule USE ONLY RECOMMENDED ENGINE OILS To reset the oil monitoring system to 100 after each oil change approximately 5 000 miles 8 000 km or 180 days perform the following 1 Press and release the RESET stem to display OIL LIFE XXX OIL LIFE XXX HOLD RESET NEW AK KOLD RESET NEW 2 Press and hold the RESET stem for 2 seconds and release Oil life is OIL LIFE SET set to XX and OIL LIFE SET TO TOY XX is displayed Note Oil Life Start Value of 100 equals 5 000 miles 8 000 km or 180 days For example setting Oil Life Start Value to 60 sets the Oil Life Start Value to 3 000 miles 4 828 km and 120 days 120 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Units English Metric 1 Select this function from the SETUP MENU for the current units UNITS to be displayed lt ENG gt METRIC 2 Press and hold the RESET stem for 2 seconds to change from English to Metric 3 Press the RESET stem for the next SETUP MENU item or wait for more than 4 seconds to return to the INFO MENU HOLD RESET FOR SETUP MENU will appear Autolamp This feature keeps your headlights on for up to three minutes after the
106. ITY TOTAL XX FRONT XX REAR x NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL AVANT ARRI RE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg La charge du v hicule occupants et bagages ne doit jamais d passer XXX Ibs LT225 75R 16 5E 200 KPA 29 PSI LT225 75R 16 5E 200 KPA 29 PSI T145 80016 420 KPA 60 PSI JAS P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI XXX XX XXXX XXXX XXXXXXXXKXXXXXX includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight and optional equipment When towing trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part of cargo weight GAW Gross Axle Weight 240 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload Tires Wheels and Loading GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR Note For trailer towing information refer to Trailer towing found in this chapter or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide provided by your authorized dealer 2 He GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO allowable weight of the fu
107. Introduction Instrument Cluster Warning lights and chimes Gauges Entertainment Systems How to get going AM FM stereo with CD AM FM stereo with in dash six CD Auxiliary input jack Line in Rear seat controls Satellite radio information Family entertainment system Navigation system Climate Controls Manual heating and air conditioning Dual automatic temperature control Rear window defroster Lights Headlamps Turn signal control Bulb replacement Driver Controls Windshield wiper washer control Steering wheel adjustment Power windows Mirrors Speed control Moon roof Message center 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Table of Contents 4 12 12 18 21 21 25 31 38 39 44 47 73 74 74 77 82 83 83 86 88 95 95 96 101 103 105 110 115 Table of Contents Locks and Security Keys Locks Seating and Safety Restraints Seating Safety restraints Airbags Child restraints Tires Wheels and Loading Tire information Tire inflation Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Vehicle loading Trailer towing Recreational towing Driving Starting Brakes Traction Control AdvanceTrac Air suspension Transmission operation Roadside Emergencies Getting roadside assistance Hazard flasher switch Fuel pump shut off switch Fuses and relays Changing tires Lug nut torque Jump starting Wrecker towing 2007 Expedition ex
108. SA fus Driver Controls One touch down Allows the driver s window to open fully without holding the control down Push the switch completely down to the second detent and release quickly The window will open fully Momentarily press the switch to any position to stop the window operation Window lock The window lock feature allows only the driver to operate the power windows To lock out all the window controls except for the driver s press the right side of the control Press the left side to restore the window controls Accessory delay With accessory delay the audio system power windows and moon roof Gf equipped operate for up to ten minutes after the ignition switch is turned from the ON to the OFF position or until either front door is opened AUTOMATIC DIMMING INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with an interior rear view mirror which has an auto dimming function The electronic day night mirror will change from the normal high reflective state to the non glare ss darkened state when bright lights glare reach the mirror When the mirror detects bright light from behind the vehicle it will automatically adjust darken to minimize glare The mirror will automatically return to the normal state whenever the vehicle is placed in R Reverse to ensure a bright clear view when backing up 102 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 f
109. SHUFFLE OFF will appear in the display Note In track mode all tracks on the current disc will shuffle in random order In MP3 folder mode the system will randomly play all tracks within the current folder 8 FOLDER gt In folder mode a press FOLDER p to access next folder on MP3 discs if available 9 lt q FOLDER In folder mode press lt Q FOLDER to access the previous folder on MP3 discs if available 10 FF Fast forward Press FF Ea to manually advance in a CD MP3 track 11 REW Rewind Press REW to Ga manually reverse in a CD MP3 track 12 Memory presets To set a Cw pe Pele station select the desired frequency band AM FM1 or FM2 Tune to the desired station Press and hold a preset button until sound returns and PRESET SAVED appears in the display You can save up to 18 stations six in AM six in FM1 and FM2 35 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems In satellite radio mode if equipped there are 18 available presets six each for SAT1 SAT2 and SATS To save satellite channels in your memory presets tune to the desired channel then press and hold a preset control until sound returns Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 13 TEXT SCAN In radio and Eq CD MP3 mode press and hold to hear a brief sampling of radio stations or CD tracks Press again to s
110. The SRS is designed to work with the safety belt to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper body injuries Airbags DO NOT inflate slowly there is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag 192 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an air bag supplemental restraint system SRS is provided Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 inches 25 cm between an occupant s chest and the driver airbag module Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries To properly position yourself away from the airbag e Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably e Recline the seat slightly one or two degrees from the upright position Do not put anything on or over the airbag module Placing objects on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag supplemental restraint systems or its fuses See your a
111. To open the liftgate with outside release handle manual N 1 To open unlock the liftgate with TIA the key fob or power door unlock control 2 Pull and release the liftgate handle to open the liftgate Note For the best performance allow the power system to open the liftgate after releasing the handle Continued upward force after unlatching may activate the obstacle detection feature and stop the power system Note If weight is added to the gate bike rack snow etc the gate may automatically start a power close event immediately after a power open In this mode a unique continuous chime will sound 139 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls To close the liftgate with the rear cargo area control button Press and release the control on the left rear quarter panel to close the liftgate The chime will beep once if conditions are not correct to start an operation i e the vehicle is out of park In a normal close the chime will begin just before the gate starts to move and continue for total of three seconds Press and release the control to open or reverse the liftgate Rear cargo area control button will not open the liftgate when the liftgate is latched Warning keep clear of the liftgate when activating the rear switch To manually operate the liftgate 1 Disable the liftgate power function refer to the Message Center in this chapte
112. To prevent the vehicle from moving when you change the tire be sure that the parking brake is set and block the wheels both front or both rear on the opposite end of the vehicle from the wheel being changed If on a grade block both opposite wheels on the downward side of the hill If the vehicle slips off the jack someone could be seriously injured e Front e Rear 302 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies To lessen the risk of personal injury do not put any part of your body under the vehicle while changing a tire Do not start the engine when your vehicle is on the jack The jack is only meant for changing the tire e Never use the front or rear differential as a jacking point 8 Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench 9 Replace the flat tire with the spare tire making sure the valve stem is facing outward Reinstall the lug nuts until the wheel is snug against the hub Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered 10 Lower the wheel by turning the jack handle counterclockwise 11 Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug nuts in the order shown and reinstall the wheel cover Refer to Wheel lug nut torque specifications later in this chapter for the proper lug nut torque specification y 0 12 Unblock the wheels OIl 13 Put flat tire jack lug wrench Lo and tools away Make sure the jack bag is properly reinstalled aro
113. US 1 888 539 7474 Song title information Song title information not available at this time on this channel The system is working properly Category information not available at this time on this channel The system is working properly You are in a location that is blocking the SIRIUS signal i e tunnel under an overpass dense foliage etc The system is working properly When you move into an open area the signal should return No action required The process may take up to three minutes Call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 to re activate or resolve subscription issues FAMILY ENTERTAINMENT DVD SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with a Family Entertainment System FES which allows you to listen to audio CDs MP3 discs watch DVDs and to plug in and play a variety of standard video game systems The DVD player is capable of playing standard DVDs CDs MP3s and is compatible with CD R W CD R and certain CD ROM media Please review this material to become familiar with the FES features and controls as well as the very important safety information 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus 47 Entertainment Systems Quick start Your Family Entertainment System includes a DVD system two sets of wireless infrared IR headphones and a wireless infrared IR remote control To play a DVD in the DVD system The DVD system can play DVD Video DVD R DVD R W discs as w
114. Use the accelerator pedal to get to the desired speed When the vehicle reaches that speed press and release the SET control Reducing speed while using speed control There are two ways to reduce a set speed Press and hold the SET control until you get to the desired speed then release the control You can also use the SET control to operate the Tap Down function Press and release this control to decrease the vehicle set speed in small amounts by 1 mph 1 6 km h Depress the brake pedal until the desired vehicle speed is reached press the SET control Turning off speed control There are two ways to turn off the speed control Depress the brake pedal This will not erase your vehicle s previously set speed 107 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls e Press the speed control OFF control Note When you turn off the speed control or the ignition your speed control set speed memory is erased STEERING WHEEL CONTROLS IF EQUIPPED These controls allow you to operate some radio and climate control features Audio control features Press MEDIA to select e AM FM1 FM2 e CD if equipped e DVD FES Cif equipped e SATI SAT2 or SATS Satellite Radio mode if equipped e LINE IN Auxiliary input jack In AM FM1 or FM2 mode Press p d SEEK PP to select preset stations within the selected radio band or press and hold to select
115. Warning can be reset Will return if reset and warning is cleared and set again within the same ignition cycle Will return on ignition cycle Door ajar Liftgate glass ajar Check charging system Tire pressure sensor fault if equipped Low tire pressure if equipped Tire pressure monitor fault if equipped 4x4 shift in progress if equipped Warning can be reset Will NOT return if reset and warning is cleared and set again within the same ignition cycle Will return on ignition cycle Check brake system Warning can be reset Will return after 10 minutes If within the 10 minutes the condition is cleared and set again it will not return until the initial 10 minutes is up Will return on ignition cycle Park brake engaged Warning can be reset Will return after 10 minutes If within the 10 minutes the condition is cleared and set again it will return immediately Will return on ignition cycle DOOR AJAR Displayed when a door is not completely closed CHECK CHARGING SYSTEM Displayed when the electrical system is not maintaining proper voltage when the engine is running If you are operating electrical accessories when the engine is idling at a low speed XXX miles km to empty fuel level low 123 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls turn off as many of the electrical loads as soon as possible If the warning stays on or comes on when the engine is operating at normal
116. act a regional office or owner relations customer relationship office The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel Using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the U S If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Central America the Caribbean or the Middle East contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you write or call FORD MOTOR COMPANY FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 813 594 4857 FAX 813 390 0804 If you are in another foreign country contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer employees cannot help you they can direct you to the nearest Ford affiliate office If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate outside of the U S or Canada register your vehicle identification number VIN and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Operations Customers in the U S should call 1 800 392 3673 319 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Customer Assistance ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio contac
117. afety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags The side airbag system consists of the following e An inflatable nylon bag airbag with an inflator concealed behind the outboard bolster of the driver and front passenger seatbacks A special seat cover designed to allow airbag deployment e The same warning light electronic control and diagnostic unit as used for the front airbags e Crash sensors located on the front doors and C pillars one sensor on each pillar on each side of the vehicle Side airbags in combination with safety belts can help reduce the risk of severe injuries in the event of a significant side impact collision The side airbags are fitted on the outboard side of the seatbacks of the front seats In certain lateral collisions the airbag on the side affected by the collision will be inflated The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact collisions The airbag SRS is designed to activate when the vehicle sustains lateral deceleration sufficient to cause the sensors to close an electrical circuit that initiates airbag inflation 197 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The fact that the airbags did not inflate in
118. again or turn the ignition to the 2 ACCESSORY or 3 ON position Memory feature The remote entry system can also control the memory feature Press the control once to unlock the driver s door Pressing the control will automatically move the seat rearview mirrors and adjustable pedals to the desired memory position the memory position corresponds to the transmitter being used e 4 button remote 151 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security e 5 button remote Activating the memory feature To activate this feature 1 Position the seat rearview mirror and adjustable pedals to the positions you desire 2 Press the SET control on the driver s seat 3 Within 5 five seconds press one control on the remote transmitter and then press the 1 or 2 memory seat control to which you would like to associate with Driver 1 or Driver 2 positions 4 Repeat this procedure for another remote transmitter if desired Deactivating the memory seat feature To deactivate this feature 1 Press the SET control on the driver s seat 2 Within 5 five seconds press any control on the remote transmitter which you would like to deactivate and then press the SET control on the memory seat control 3 Repeat this procedure for another remote transmitter if desired Replacing the battery The remote entry transmitter uses one coin type three volt lithium battery CR2032 or e
119. air pressure when you get to the pump It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive 2 Remove the cap from the valve on one tire then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure 3 Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure Note If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 4 Replace the valve cap 5 Repeat this procedure for each tire including the spare Note Some spare tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the other tires For T type mini spare tires see Dissimilar Spare Tive Wheel Information section for description Store and maintain at 60psi 4 15 bar For Full Size and Dissimilar spare tires see Dissimilar Spare Tire Wheel Information section for description Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label 6 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 7 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts or bulges TIRE CARE Inspecting your tires Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves Check for holes or cuts that may permit air leakage from the tire and make ne
120. alized to a factory default value if the battery is disconnected Average fuel economy AFE Select this function from the INFO menu to display your average fuel XXX AVG APG economy in miles gallon or liters 100 km If you calculate your average fuel economy by dividing 100 miles traveled by gallons of fuel used kilometers traveled by liters used your figure may be different than displayed for the following reasons NW OO0008 0 mi e Your vehicle was not perfectly level during fill up e Differences in the automatic shut off points on the fuel pumps at service stations e Variations in top off procedure from one fill up to another e Rounding of the displayed values to the nearest 0 1 gallon liter 1 Drive the vehicle at least 5 miles 8 km with the speed control system engaged to display a stabilized average 2 Record the highway fuel economy for future reference It is important to press the RESET control press and hold RESET for 2 seconds in order to reset the function after setting the speed control to get accurate highway fuel economy readings 128 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Instantaneous fuel economy Press INFO until the menu displays MPG This will display your fuel MPL _ atl 4 economy as a Bar Graph ranging i from poor economy to excellent Nw OO0000 0 Mi economy Your vehicle must be moving to calculate instantaneous fuel ec
121. amaged during off road use so inspection after off road use is also recommended Age Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather storage conditions and conditions of use load speed inflation pressure etc the tires experience throughout their lives In general tires should be replaced after six years regardless of tread wear However heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require tires to be replaced more frequently You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used 224 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week
122. ane change e Taking a turn too fast e Quick maneuvering to avoid an accident pedestrian or obstacle AdvanceTrac with RSC button and icon functionality The AdvanceTrac with RSC system automatically turns on each time the engine is started even if it was turned off when the engine was last shut down All functions of the AdvanceTrac with RSC RSC ESC Engine Traction Control and Brake Traction Control will be activated at start up When the system is left active the sliding car icon in the reconfigurable telltale RTT location in the message center will flash only when any of the components of the system are affecting the vehicle s performance otherwise the light will remain off Consequently the sliding car icon will not be illuminated during most of your normal driving The AdvanceTrac with RSC button located on the center stack of the f instrument panel allows the driver to control certain features of the AdvanceTrac with RSC system below 25 mph 40 km h If the vehicle is below 25 mph 40 km h momentarily pressing the AdvanceTrac with RSC button will disable RSC ESC and Engine Traction Control and steadily illuminate the sliding car icon Pressing and holding the AdvanceTrac with RSC button for more than five seconds will further disable the brake portion of the Traction Control feature and the sliding car icon will flash momentarily and then illuminate steady If the vehicle is ab
123. ant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference and radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Care and service of the DVD player Environmental extremes DVD players which are subjected to harsh environmental conditions may be damaged or perform at less than maximum capability To avoid these outcomes whenever possible avoid exposing your DVD player to e extremely hot or cold temperatures direct sunlight high humidity a dusty environment locations where strong magnetic fields are generated Temperature extremes When the vehicle is parked under direct sunlight or in an extremely cold place for a long period of time wait until the cabin temperature of the vehicle is at normal temperature before operating the system Humidity and moisture condensation Moisture in the air will condense in the DVD player under extremely humid conditions or when moving from
124. ar it click shut Gently pull on the cover to make sure it is seated properly co e C amp D C45 C44 C83 s che no dro fro fro o e foot Jel lel foo el foo A ABE EE io jol Ko n S i nd N R o gt AL fo hy Ker on E Cs Cs 21 C27 C238 Sf fel 289 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies The fuses are coded as follows Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Passenger Compartment Fuse 15A 3 FES Audio rear seat controls SDARS Smart window 2 5 10A Keypad illumination 3rd row seat enable Brake Shift Interlock BSI SPDJB oo 6 20A Tumsignas O PST OA Low beam headlamps right PTA _ Interior lights po Not sed S O 12 7 5A Power mirror switch Driver seat memory switch po Not sed S O 14 10A Power liftgate module keep alive power PGT Notused S 17 20A All lock motor feeds Liftgate OO a ee rae o Park lamps relay Horn relay 290 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Passenger Compartment Fuse 31 10A Compass Automatic dimming rear ee a el PBT Notsed ooo 38 20A Subwoofer Amp Audiophile radio pO Noted S O pa Noted S O Pa Not sed S O control Breaker si Delayed accessory relay Power distribution box The power distribution box is located in the engine compartment The power distribution box contains high
125. ard and down Returning to the upright position from full lowered load floor position The seatback cannot be returned to the upright position until the seat is returned from the kneel down position To return the seat to the upright position 1 Push the seat rearward until the latch is engaged 2 Return the seatback to the upright position Adjusting the 2nd row outboard 40 seat for E Z Entry The E Z entry seat allows for easier entry and exit to and from the 3rd row seat To enter the 3rd row seat 1 Fold down the 2nd row seat and release the handle 171 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 2 Pull the handle up again until the seat releases from the floor 3 Push the seat upward and fold it away from the third row Always latch the vehicle seat to the floor whether the seat is occupied or empty If not latched the seat may cause injury during a sudden stop To return the seat to a seating position 1 Push the seat down and latch to the floor with a moderate amount of effort and speed 2 Make sure the seat is latched to the floor 3 Bring the seat back to an upright position The seatback should lock into position Note If the seat back will not return to the upright position tumble the seat again and re latch it to the floor Be sure that cargo or other objects are not trapped underneath the seatback Before returning the
126. at belts and children infants must use appropriate restraints to minimize the risk of injury or ejection Study your Owner s Guide and any supplements for specific information about equipment features instructions for safe driving and additional precautions to reduce the risk of an accident or serious injury VEHICLE CHARACTERISTICS AWD and AWD Systems if equipped A vehicle equipped with AWD or 4WD when selected has the ability to use all four wheels to power itself This increases traction which may enable you to safely drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two wheel drive vehicle cannot 217 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Power is supplied to all four wheels through a transfer case or power transfer unit 4WD vehicles allow you to select different drive modes as necessary Information on transfer case operation and shifting procedures can be found in the Driving chapter Information on transfer case maintenance can be found in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter You should become thoroughly familiar with this information before you operate your vehicle On some 4WD models the initial shift from two wheel drive to 4WD while the vehicle is moving can cause a momentary clunk and ratcheting sound These sounds are normal as the front drivetrain comes up to speed and is not cause for concern Do not become overconfident in the ability of 4WD
127. ately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision or rollover event Disposal of airbags and airbag equipped vehicles including pretensioners See your authorized dealer Airbags MUST BE disposed of by qualified personnel SAFETY RESTRAINTS FOR CHILDREN See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children Also see Airbag supplemental restraint system SRS in this chapter for special instructions about using airbags 201 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Important child restraint precautions You are required by law to use safety restraints for children in the U S and Canada If small children generally children who are four years old or younger and who weigh 40 Ib 18 kg or less ride in your vehicle you must put them in safety seats made especially for children Many states require that children use approved booster seats until they are eight years old Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety of children in your vehicle When possible always place children under age 12 in the rear seat of your vehicle Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while the vehicle is moving The passe
128. ations and responsibilities in our nations wilderness areas Ford Motor Company joins the U S Forest Service and the Bureau of Land Management in encouraging you to help preserve our national forest and other public and private lands by treading lightly Driving on hilly or sloping terrain Although natural obstacles may make it necessary to travel diagonally up or down a hill or steep incline you should always try to drive straight up or straight down Avoid driving crosswise or turning on steep slopes or hills A danger lies in losing traction slipping sideways and 281 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving possibly rolling over Whenever driving on a hill determine beforehand the route you will use Do not drive over the crest of a hill without seeing what conditions are on the other side Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer When climbing a steep slope or hill start in a lower gear rather than downshifting to a lower gear from a higher gear once the ascent has started This reduces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling If you do stall out do not try to turn around because you might roll over It is better to back down to a safe location Apply just enough power to the wheels to climb the hill Too much power will cause the tires to slip spin or lose traction resulting in loss of vehicle control Descend a hill in the same gea
129. ator is located in the instrument cluster e When the ignition is in the 1 OFF LOCK position the indicator will flash once every 2 seconds to indicate the SecuriLock system is functioning as a theft deterrent 157 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security e When the ignition is in the 3 ON position the indicator will glow for 3 seconds to indicate normal system functionality If a problem occurs with the SecuriLock system the indicator will flash rapidly or glow steadily when the ignition is in the 3 ON position If this occurs the vehicle should be taken to an authorized dealer for service Automatic arming The vehicle is armed immediately Q after switching the ignition to the 1 OFF LOCK position 2 Automatic disarming Switching the ignition to the 3 ON position with a coded key disarms the vehicle Key information Your vehicle is supplied with two coded keys Only a coded key will start your vehicle Spare coded keys can be purchased from your authorized dealer Your authorized dealer can program your key or you can do it yourself Refer to the Programming spare keys section in this chapter The following items may prevent the vehicle from starting e Large metallic objects e Electronic devices on the key chain that can be used to purchase gasoline or similar items e A second key on the same key ring as the coded key If any of these items are pres
130. be serviced With the ABS light on the anti lock brake system is disabled and normal braking is still effective unless the brake warning light also remains BRAKE illuminated with parking brake released If your brake warning lamp illuminates have your vehicle serviced immediately 258 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Parking brake Apply the parking brake whenever the vehicle is parked To set the parking brake press the parking brake pedal down until the pedal stops The BRAKE warning lamp in the instrument cluster illuminates and remains illuminated when the ignition is turned ON until the parking brake is released Driving O BRAKE If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer Always set the parking brake fully and make sure that the gearshift is securely latched in P Park The parking brake is not recommended to stop a moving vehicle However if the normal brakes fail the parking brake can be used to stop your vehicle in an emergency Since the parking brake applies only the rear brakes the vehicle s stopping distance will increase greatly and the handling of your vehicle will be adversely affected 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus 259 Driving Pull the release lever to release the brake Driving with the parkin
131. ble while maintaining vehicle control Several air bag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation If the airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again and must be replaced immediately If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision The SRS consists of e driver and passenger airbag modules which include the inflators and airbags e one or more impact and safing sensors and diagnostic monitor RCM e a readiness light and tone e the electrical wiring which connects the components 195 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The RCM restraints control module monitors its own internal circuits and the supplemental airbag electrical system wiring including the impact sensors the system wiring the airbag system readiness light the airbag back up power and the airbag ignitors Determining if the system is operational The SRS uses a readiness light in the instrument cluster or a tone to indicate the condition of the system Refer to Airbag readiness section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness light will either ge flash or stay lit ry e The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after ignition is turned on e A serie
132. bly 6 Carefully pull the bulb out of the socket and push in the new bulb 7 Install the bulb socket into the lamp assembly and rotate clockwise 8 Install the headlamp assembly and secure with two retainer bolts Replacing tail stop turn sidemarker backup lamp bulbs The tail stop turn sidemarker backup lamp bulbs are located in the same portion of the tail lamp assembly one just below the other Follow the same steps to replace either bulb 1 Make sure the headlamp switch is in the OFF position and then open the liftgate to expose the lamp assembly screws 2 Remove the two torx screws from the lamp assembly 3 Carefully remove the lamp LL assembly away from the vehicle by Pie pulling the assembly straight out to expose the bulb socket DO NOT TIP THE LAMP ASSEMBLY SIDEWAYS 91 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights 4 Rotate the bulb socket counterclockwise and remove from lamp assembly 5 Pull bulb straight out of socket and snap in the new bulb 6 Install the bulb socket into the lamp assembly and rotate clockwise 7 Carefully install the tail lamp assembly on the vehicle by securing the lamp assembly with two torx screws High mount brakelamp To change the high mount brakelamp bulbs ee ie _ an 1 Remove the two screws holding g a Z EB 2 Pull the lamp assembly straight E RJ out 3 Disconnect the wire harness 4
133. born MI 48121 1 800 521 4140 TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 www customersaskford com In Canada Lincoln Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6J 5E4 1 800 387 9333 www lincolncanada com In order to help you service your Lincoln vehicle please have the following information available when contacting the Lincoln Centre e Your telephone number home and business e The name of the authorized dealer and the city where the authorized dealer is located e The year and make of your vehicle e The date of vehicle purchase e The current odometer reading e The vehicle identification number VIN Additional Assistance If you still have a complaint involving a warranty dispute you may wish to contact the Better Business Bureau BBB AUTO LINE program U S only 315 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Customer Assistance In some states in the U S you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state s warranty laws Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt in some states In the United States a warranty dispute must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE before taking action under the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or to the extent allowed by state law before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state crea
134. bove the top of the seat In this case move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back and lap shoulder belts Those with a high back If with a backless booster seat you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child s head a high back booster seat would be a better choice Either type can be used at any seating position equipped with lap shoulder belts if your child is over 40 Ib 18 kg 204 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Children and booster seats vary widely in size and shape Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips never up across the stomach and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder The drawings below compare the ideal fit center to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition The importance of shoulder belis Using a booster without a shoulder belt increases the risk of a child s head hitting a hard surface in a collision For this reason you should never use a booster seat with a lap belt only It is best to use a booster seat with lap shoulder belts in the back seat the safest place for c
135. cated on the instrument panel by the radio The hazard flashers will operate when A the ignition is in any position or if the key is not in the ignition Push in the flasher control and all front and rear direction signals will flash Press the flasher control again to turn them off Use it when your vehicle is disabled and is creating a safety hazard for other motorists Note With extended use the flasher may run down your battery 286 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies FUEL PUMP SHUT OFF SWITCH UE The fuel pump shut off switch is a device intended to stop the electric fuel pump when your vehicle has been involved in a substantial jolt After a collision if the engine cranks but does not start the fuel pump shut off switch may have been activated The fuel pump shut off switch is located behind an access panel in the left rear quarter trim panel near the liftgate The fuel pump shut off switch has a red reset button on top of it If your vehicle is equipped with a power liftgate the fuel pump shut off switch will be left of the power liftgate motor Use the following procedure to reset the fuel pump shut off switch 1 Turn the ignition to the OFF position 2 Check the fuel system for leaks 3 If no fuel leak is apparent reset the fuel pump shut off switch by pushing in on the reset button 4 Turn the ignition to the ON position Paus
136. ce until a click is heard 333 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications ENGINE OIL 927 Checking the engine oil Refer to the scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for checking the engine oil 1 Make sure the vehicle is on level ground 2 Turn the engine off and wait a few minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan 3 Set the parking brake and ensure the gearshift is securely latched in P Park 4 Open the hood Protect yourself from engine heat 5 Locate and carefully remove the engine oil level indicator dipstick 6 Wipe the indicator clean Insert the indicator fully then remove it again e If the oil level is within this range the oil level is acceptable lt oe ot DO NOT ADD OIL If the oil level is below this mark engine oil must be added to raise the level within the normal operating range SSR 334 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications If required add engine oil to the engine Refer to Adding engine oil in this chapter e Do not overfill the engine with oil Oil levels above this mark may cause engine damage If the engine is overfilled some oil must be removed from the engine by an authorized dealer 7 Put the indicator back in and ensure it is fully seated Adding engine oil 1 Check the engine oil For instruc
137. ce the load weight by at least 240 Ib 104 kg If you remove 3 100 lb 45 kg cement bags then the load calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 9 x 100 1400 440 900 60 lb Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 9 x 45 kg 635 198 405 32 kg The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification Label found on the edge of the driver s door Special loading instructions for owners of pickup trucks and utility type vehicles For important information regarding safe operation of this type of vehicle see the Preparing to drive your vehicle section in the Driving chapter of this owner guide Loaded vehicles with a higher center of gravity may handle differently than unloaded vehicles Extra precautions such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance should be taken when driving a heavily loaded vehicle Your vehicle has the capability to haul more cargo and people than most passenger cars Depending upon the type and placement of the load hauling cargo and people may raise the center of gravity of the vehicle TRAILER TOWING Trailer towing puts additional loads on your vehicle s engine transmission axle brakes tires and suspensi
138. cement tire might be incompatible with your TPMS or some component of the TPMS may be damaged Safety practices Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety e Observe posted speed limits e Avoid fast starts stops and turns e Avoid potholes and objects on the road e Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking 226 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading If your vehicle is stuck in snow mud sand etc do not rapidly spin the tires spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Highway hazards No matter how carefully you drive there s always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic This may further damage the flat tire but your safety is more important If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tires for damage If a tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the near
139. cessary repairs Also inspect the tire sidewalls for 223 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading cracking cuts bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear If internal damage to the tire is suspected have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced For your safety tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Inspect all your tires including the spare frequently and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist Tire wear When the tread is worn down to 1 16th of an inch 2 mm tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning Built in treadwear indicators or wear bars which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn A down to 1 16th of an inch 2 mm a 7 y When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars the tire is worn out and must be replaced Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall If damage is observed or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional Tires can be d
140. ch is available from your authorized dealer e Remove any exterior accessories such as antennas before entering a car wash e Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted surface if these substances come in contact with your vehicle wash off as soon as possible e If your vehicle is equipped with running boards do not use rubber plastic and vinyl protectant products on the running board surface as the area may become slippery Exterior chrome e Wash the vehicle first using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A e Use Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 available from your authorized dealer Apply the product as you would a wax to clean bumpers and other chrome parts allow the cleaner to dry for a few minutes then wipe off the haze with a clean dry rag e Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface 322 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Cleaning e After polishing chrome bumpers apply a coating of Motorcraft Premium Liquid Wax ZC 53 A available from your authorized dealer or an equivalent quality product to help protect from environmental effects WAXING Applying Motorcraft Paint Sealant ZC 45 to your vehicle every six months will assist in reducing minor scratches and paint damage e Wash the vehicle first e Do not use waxes that contain abrasives use Moto
141. ckage The optional trailer tow package includes heavy duty trailer tow wiring Both a Class I 4 pin and IV 7 pin trailer electrical connector are provided Under the instrument panel a electrical connector is provided for a customer supplied aftermarket electronic brake controller For installing a customer supplied electronic brake controller a electrical jumper harness and trailer tow electrical instructions are included with the optional trailer tow package The kit containing a electrical jumper and trailer tow electrical instructions may be purchased from any authorized dealer Part number 4L1Z 14A348 AA Note Before towing a trailer make sure the trailer brakes Gif equipped and lamps are properly connected and functional Electronic trailer brakes Gif equipped refer to the instructions provided by the aftermarket electronic brake controller manufacture for determining trailer brake functionality 245 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Rear axle Maximum GCWR Trailer weight 9 ratio Ib kg aes i kg 5 4L with standard trailer tow package 5 4L with optional trailer tow package 11800 5351 0 6000 0 2721 15000 6804 0 9200 0 4173 4x4 5 4L with standard trailer tow package 5 4L with optional trailer tow package Note For vehicles not equipped with the optional trailer tow package the maximum frontal area of trailer should not exceed
142. comes in contact with leather upholstery If this occurs the leather should be cleaned immediately to avoid permanent staining UNDERBODY Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently Keep body and door drain holes free from packed dirt FORD AND LINCOLN MERCURY CAR CARE PRODUCTS Your Ford or Lincoln Mercury authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes These quality products have been specifically engineered to fulfill your automotive needs they are custom designed to complement the style and appearance of your vehicle Each product is made from high quality 327 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Cleaning materials that meet or exceed rigid specifications For best results use the following products or products of equivalent quality Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 Motorcraft Car Care Kit ZC 26 Motorcraft Car Wash Canada only CXC 21 Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 Motorcraft Custom Clear Coat Polish ZC 8 A Motorcraft Custom Vinyl Protectant U S only ZC 40 A Motorcraft Dash and Vinyl Cleaner ZC 38 A Motorcraft Deluxe Leather and Vinyl Cleaner U S only ZC 11 A Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Motorcraft Dusting Cloth ZC 24 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser U S only ZC 20 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Canada only CXC 66 A Motorcraft One Step Wash and Wax Concentrate ZC 6
143. compensate for road and wind noise Use V lt SEEK SEEK to adjust The default setting is off increasing your vehicle speed will not change the volume level Adjust 1 7 Increasing this setting from 1 lowest setting to 7 highest setting allows the radio volume to automatically change slightly with vehicle speed to compensate for road and wind noise Recommended level is 1 3 SPEED OFF turns the feature off and level 7 is the maximum setting Track Folder mode Available only on MP3 discs in CD mode In Track mode pressing Ei SEEK SEEK P will scroll through all tracks on the disc In Folder mode pressing lt SEEK SEEK P will scroll only through tracks within the selected folder Press lt FOLDER FOLDER gt to access the previous next folder if available COMPRESS Compression Available only in CD MP3 mode Press MENU until COMPRESS ON OFF appears in the display Use A V lt SEEK SEEK to toggle ON OFF When COMPRESS is ON the system will bring the soft and loud CD passages together for a more consistent listening level SINGLE PLAY DUAL PLAY If Single Play is ON press W for Dual Play For further information on Single Play Dual Play refer to Rear seat controls later in this chapter FES FULL LOCKED Your vehicle is equipped with a Family Entertainment DVD system For further information on the DVD system refer to Family Entertainment DVD system later in this section 4 AUX Press r
144. crease the risk of injury in collisions Safety belt pretensioner Your vehicle is equipped with safety belt pretensioners at the driver and right front passenger seating positions The safety belt pretensioner removes some slack from the safety belt system at the start of a crash The safety belt pretensioner uses the same crash sensor system as the front airbags and Safety Canopy system When the safety belt pretensioner deploys the lap and shoulder belt are tightened When the Safety Canopy system and or the front airbags are activated the safety belt pretensioners for the driver and right front passenger seating positions will be activated when the respective seatbelt is properly buckled The driver and the right front passenger safety belt system including retractors buckles and height adjusters must be replaced if the vehicle is involved in a collision that results in deployment of front airbags or Safety Canopy and safety belt pretensioners Refer to the Safety belt maintenance section in this chapter Safety belt height adjustment Your vehicle has safety belt height adjustments for the driver and right front passenger Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder To lower the shoulder belt height squeeze the side release buttons with your thumb and finger and slide the height adjuster down To raise the height of the shoulder belt squeeze the side release butt
145. cted while the vehicle is moving For more information refer to Control trac four wheel drive 4x4 operation in the Driving chapter FOR 4X4 SHIFT TO N if equipped Displayed when 4X4 LOW is selected and the vehicle is stopped For more information refer to Control trac four wheel drive 4x4 operation in the Driving chapter TO EXIT 4X4 LOW STOP VEHICLE if equipped Displayed when 2WD is selected while the vehicle is operating in 4X4 LOW For more information refer to Control trac four wheel drive 4x4 operation in the Driving chapter TO EXIT 4X4 LOW APPLY BRAKE if equipped Displayed when 2WD is selected while the vehicle is operating in 4X4 LOW For more information refer to Control trac four wheel drive 4x4 operation in the Driving chapter TO EXIT 4X4 SHIFT TO N if equipped Displayed when 2WD is selected while the vehicle has been stopped in 4X4 LOW For more information refer to Control trac four wheel drive 4x4 operation in the Driving chapter 137 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls POSITIVE RETENTION FLOOR MAT IF EQUIPPED Do not install additional floor mats on top of the factory installed floor mats as they may interfere with the accelerator or the brake pedals Position the floor mat so that the 4 eyelet is over the pointed end of the retention post and rotate forward to P lock in Make sure that the mat does not interfere with the operation of the accel
146. ction to prevent debris from entering the system and then loosen the bolt on the air tube clamp so the clamp is no longer snug to the air tube It is not necessary to completely remove the clamp 4 Pull the air tube off from the air cleaner housing 358 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 5 Release the three clamps that secure the cover to the air filter EN housing Push the air filter cover Pa toward the center of the vehicle and up slightly to release it 6 Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing 7 Install a new air filter element 8 Replace the air filter housing cover and secure the clamps Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover and ensure that the tabs on the edge are properly aligned into the slots 9 Slip the air tube onto the air filter housing and tighten the air tube clamp bolt snugly but do not overtighten it 359 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications 10 Reconnect the Mass Air Flow Sensor electrical connector to the outlet tube Make sure the locking tab on the connector is in the locked position connector shown from below for clarity Note Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warra
147. d Average fuel economy AFE Select this function to display your average fuel economy in miles gallon XXX AVG APG or liters km 13 F Nid If you calculate your average fuel economy by dividing miles traveled by gallons of fuel used liters of fuel used by 100 kilometers traveled your figure may be different than displayed for the following reasons e Your vehicle was not perfectly level during fill up e Differences in the automatic shut off points on the fuel pumps at service stations e Variations in top off procedure from one fill up to another e Rounding of the displayed values to the nearest 0 1 gallon liter 1 Drive the vehicle at least 5 miles 8 km with the speed control system engaged to display a stabilized average 2 Record the highway fuel economy for future reference It is important to press the RESET stem press and hold for 2 seconds in order to reset the function after setting the speed control to get accurate highway fuel economy readings 116 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Outside air temperature OAT The outside air temperature is shown together with the compass Ve heading in the bottom row of the gogoa D K message center display 13 F Mi Compass display if equipped The compass heading is displayed as one of N NE E SE S SW W and NW in the message center display The compass reading may be affected when you
148. d Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus 145 145 145 161 161 178 192 201 217 219 221 234 238 244 251 253 253 257 260 265 266 285 285 286 287 288 295 305 305 312 Table of Contents Customer Assistance 314 Reporting safety defects U S only 321 Reporting safety defects Canada only 321 Cleaning 322 Maintenance and Specifications 329 Engine compartment 331 Engine oil 334 Battery 337 Engine coolant 339 Fuel information 345 Air filter s 357 Part numbers 360 Maintenance product specifications and capacities 362 Engine data 366 Accessories 369 Index 371 All rights reserved Reproduction by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or by any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written authorization from Ford Motor Company Ford may change the contents without notice and without incurring obligation Copyright 2007 Ford Motor Company 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Introduction CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California
149. d of your loaded trailer when figuring the total weight Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of the vehicle and could result in engine damage transmission damage structural damage loss of control vehicle rollover and personal injury 247 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Integrated hitch rating The standard integrated hitch has two ratings depending on mode of operation e Weight carrying requires a draw bar and hitch ball The draw bar supports all the vertical tongue load of the trailer e Weight distributing requires an aftermarket weight distributing system which includes draw bar hitch ball spring bars and snap up brackets The vertical tongue load of the trailer is distributed between the truck and the trailer by this system Maximum Maximum Gross Trailer Tongue Weight Weight lb Ib kg kg Weight carrying 6000 2721 600 272 Weight distributing 9100 4127 910 412 These are hitch ratings only actual vehicle ratings are dependent on engine transmission and axle combinations Towing trailers beyond the maximum tongue weight exceeds the limit of the towing system and could result in vehicle structural damage loss of vehicle control and personal injury Preparing to tow Use the proper equipment for towing a trailer and make sure it is properly attached to your vehicle See your autho
150. d to flames sparks or lit cigarettes An explosion could result in injury or vehicle damage Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin eyes and clothing if contacted Do not attempt to push start your automatic transmission vehicle Automatic transmissions do not have push start capability Attempting to push start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage Preparing your vehicle When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed the automatic transmission must relearn its shift strategy As a result the transmission may have firm and or soft shifts This operation is considered normal and will not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation 305 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies 1 Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle 2 Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle s electrical system 3 Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch Set the parking brake on both vehicles and stay clear of the engine cooling fan and other moving parts 4 Check all battery terminals and remove any excessive corrosion before you attach the battery cables Ensure that vent caps are tight and level 5 Turn the heater fan on in both vehicl
151. d undesirable noise and distortion 65 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems CD MP3 and CD player care e Handle discs by their edges only Never touch the playing surface e Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods of time e Do not insert more than one disc into the slot of the CD player Cif equipped e Always store discs out of direct sunlight Excessive heat may damage or warp discs Use care when handling and playing CD R and CD RW discs which are more susceptible to damage from heat light and stress than are regular CDs e Always insert and remove a disc by holding the disc flat with the playing surface facing down in order to prevent damage to the disc or the player e Never insert any object other than a compact disc CD or digital versatile disc DVD into the player as doing so may damage the player and may cause injury to you e Do not disassemble the player The laser used in disc playback is extremely harmful to the eyes The FES DVD system is designed to play commercially pressed 12 cm 4 75 in audio compact discs and digital versatile discs DVD only Due to technical incompatibility certain recordable and re recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD and DVD players Irregular shaped CDs or DVDs CDs or DVDs with a scratch protection film attached and CDs with homemade paper adhesive
152. d up to ease access To remove an air filter e Remove key from ignition e Push up on the outside rigid edge of the filter and rotate toward the front of the vehicle once tabs are LOSI released 167 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints e Remove filter To install a filter e First position the filter in it s housing making sure that the far forward end is all the way up in the housing Then push in on the center of the outside edge of the filter and rotate up into the housing until it clips into position REAR SEATS Folding down the 2nd row 40 seat system Use caution when folding the seatback to the flat back position as the system will move forward when you lift the release handle Ensure that the head restraint is in the down position and no objects such as books purses or briefcases are on the floor in front of the second row seats before folding them down Move the front passenger seat forward so that the second row seat headrest clears the front seat For assistance refer to the label located on the side of the seat cushion 168 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 1 Lower the head restraints by s pulling on the strap N 2 Locate handle on the side of the seat cushion by the door 3 Pull up on the handle and push the seatback forward toward the front o
153. dealer Door ajar RTT if equipped Displays when the ignition is in the ON position and any door liftgate or _ the liftgate glass is open NW O00800 0 mi Turn signal Illuminates when the left or right turn signal or the a o gt hazard lights are turned on If the indicators stay on or flash faster check for a burned out bulb 16 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Instrument Cluster D Key in ignition warning chime if equipped Sounds when the key is left in the ignition in the OFF LOCK or ACCESSORY position and the driver s door is opened High beams Illuminates when the high beam headlamps are turned on Headlamps on warning chime Sounds when the headlamps or parking lamps are on the ignition is off the key is not in the ignition and the driver s door is opened Parking brake ON warning chime Sounds when the parking brake is set the engine is running and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph 5 km h Turn signal chime Sounds when the turn signal lever has been activated to signal a turn and not turned off after the vehicle is driven more than 1 5 miles 2 4 km Message center activation chime Sounds when some warning messages appear in the message center display for the first time Overspeed chime if equipped Sounds when the vehicle speed reaches 120 km h 75 mph or higher Reverse warning chime if equipped Sounds when the vehicle is i
154. dition each accessory is made from high quality materials and meets or exceeds Ford s rigorous engineering and safety specifications Ford Motor Company will repair or replace any properly dealer installed Genuine Ford Accessories found to be defective in factory supplied materials or workmanship during the warranty period as well as any component damaged by the defective accessories The accessories will be warranted for whichever provides you the greatest benefit e 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km whichever occurs first or e the remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty Contact your dealer for details and a copy of the warranty The following is a list of several Genuine Ford Accessories Not all accessories are available for all models For a complete listing of the accessories that are available for your vehicle please contact your dealer or visit our online store at www fordaccessoriesstore com Exterior style Bug shields Chrome exhaust tips Deflectors Splash guards Interior style Electrochromatic compass temperature interior mirrors Floor mats Lifestyle Ash cup smoker s package Cargo organization and management Cross bars Trailer hitches wiring harnesses and accessories 369 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Accessories Peace of mind Mobile Ease hands free communication system Remote start Vehicle security systems Wheel locks For maximum vehicle per
155. drive near large buildings bridges power lines and powerful broadcast antenna Magnetic or metallic objects placed in on or near the vehicle may also affect compass accuracy Usually when something affects the compass readings the compass will correct itself after a few days of operating your vehicle in normal conditions If the compass still appears to be inaccurate a manual calibration may be necessary Refer to Compass zone adjustment Most geographic areas zones have a magnetic north compass point that varies slightly from the northerly direction on maps This variation is up to four degrees between adjacent zones and will become noticeable as the vehicle crosses multiple zones A correct zone setting will eliminate this error Refer to Compass calibration adjustment Compass zone adjustment if equipped 1 Determine which magnetic zone you are in for your geographic location by referring to the zone map 2 Turn ignition to the ON position 117 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls 3 Locate the reset button on top of the compass sensor mounted behind the mirror 4 Press and hold the reset button on the compass module for ZONE lt XX gt approximately 4 seconds until the ara l message center displays a selection RESET CHANGE to change the current zone setting ZONE lt XX gt RESET CHANGE 5 Press and release the RESET st
156. e 300 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies 2 Place gearshift lever in P Park turn engine OFF and block the wheels both front or both rear on N the opposite end of the vehicle from 9 the wheel being changed If on a Q grade block both wheels on the ea qe downward side of the hill 3 Turn off the air suspension system if equipped the air suspension system is controlled through the message center Refer to Air Suspension System in the Driving chapter for more information 4 Obtain the spare tire and jack tools from their storage locations 5 Use the tip of the jack handle to remove any wheel trim Loosen each wheel lug nut one half turn counterclockwise but do not remove them until the wheel is raised off the ground 6 Position the jack according to the jack locator arrows found on the frame and turn the jack handle and extension tool assembly clockwise Note Use the frame rail as the jacking location point NOT the control arm 7 Raise the vehicle to provide sufficient ground clearance when installing the spare tire approximately 1 4 inch 6 mm 301 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies When one of the rear wheels is off the ground the transmission alone will not prevent the vehicle from moving or slipping off the jack even if the transmission is in P Park
157. e Child Seat Installation Warning Master Lighting Switch W Fog Lamps Front Fuel Pump Reset Windshield Defrost Demist 10 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus See Owner s Guide Airbag Front Child Seat Child Seat Lower Anchor Brake System Brake Fluid Non Petroleum Based Speed Control Hazard Warning Flasher Fuse Compartment Windshield Wash Wipe Rear Window Defrost Demist ry O Q nO xoen oe ee 2 Introduction Vehicle Symbol Glossary Power Windows Front Rear Child Safety Door Lock Unlock Panic Alarm Engine Coolant Do Not Open When Hot Avoid Smoking Flames or Sparks Explosive Gas Power Steering Fluid Emission System Passenger Compartment Air Filter Check Fuel Cap ABA Power Window Lockout Interior Luggage Compartment Release Symbol Engine Oil Engine Coolant Temperature Battery Battery Acid Fan Warning Maintain Correct Fluid Level Engine Air Filter Jack Low Tire Pressure Warning 1e sur ap S BD LH CY 11 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Instrument Cluster WARNING LIGHTS AND CHIMES PRND321 Warning lights and gauges can alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious enough to cause expensive repairs A warning light may illuminate when a problem exists with one of
158. e s engine and the new unprogrammed key s readily accessible for timely implementation of each step in the procedure If two previously programmed coded keys are not available you must bring your vehicle to your authorized dealer to have the spare coded key s programmed Please read and understand the entire procedure before you begin 1 Insert the first previously 3 programmed coded key into the ignition and turn the ignition from the 1 OFF LOCK to the 3 ON 2 position maintain ignition in 3 ON 4 for at least three seconds but no S more than ten seconds 2 Turn ignition from 3 ON back to the 1 OFF LOCK position in order to remove the first coded key from the ignition 3 Within ten seconds of removing the first coded key insert the second previously programmed coded key into the ignition and turn the ignition from the 1 OFF LOCK to the 3 ON position maintain ignition in 3 ON for at least three seconds but no more than ten seconds 159 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security 4 Turn the ignition from the 3 ON back to 1 OFF LOCK position in order to remove the second coded key from the ignition 5 Within 10 seconds of removing the second coded key insert the new unprogrammed key new key valet key into the ignition and turn the ignition from the 1 OFF LOCK to the 3 ON position maintain ignition in 3 ON for at least three seconds but
159. e gearshift lever out of the P Park position for proper towing e Do not exceed a distance of 50 miles 80 km e Do not exceed 35 mph 56 km h vehicle speed Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook up and towing procedures for your vehicle 313 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Customer Assistance GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED At home You must take your Ford vehicle to an authorized dealer for warranty repairs While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training and or equipment so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs This means that depending on the warranty repair needed you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft parts or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford If you have questions or concerns or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving follow these steps 1 Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling servicing aut
160. e Handle discs by their edges only Never touch the playing surface e Inspect discs before playing e Clean only with an approved CD cleaner e Wipe discs from the center out Dont e Expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods of time e Clean using a circular motion 42 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems CD units are designed to play commercially pressed 4 75 in 12 cm audio compact discs only Due to technical incompatibility certain recordable and re recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players Do not use any irregular shaped CDs or discs with a scratch protection film attached 5 CDs with homemade paper adhesive labels should not be Or inserted into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed It is recommended that homemade CDs be identified with permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels Ballpoint pens may damage CDs Please contact your authorized dealer for further information Audio system warranty and service Refer to the Warranty Guide for audio system warranty information If service is necessary see your dealer or qualified technician MP3 track and folder structure Your MP3 system recognizes MP3 individual tracks and folder structure as follows e There are two different modes for MP8 disc playback MP3 track mode syst
161. e Steps 1 5 within 30 seconds or the procedure will have to be repeated If the procedure needs to be repeated wait a minimum of 30 seconds before beginning again 1 The ignition must be OFF to begin the sequence 2 Place the key in the ignition and O 4 turn the ignition to the 3 RUN position 3 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times 4 Turn the ignition from the 3 RUN position to the 1 CLOCK position 5 Press the power door unlock control on the door panel three times 6 Turn the ignition back to the 3 RUN position The horn will chirp one time to confirm programming mode has been entered and is active 7 Press the power door unlock control twice within 5 seconds Note The horn will chirp once to indicate the perimeter lighting feature has 155 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security been deactivated The horn will chirp once and honk once one short and one long to indicate the perimeter lighting feature has been activated 8 Turn the ignition to the 1 LOCK position to exit the procedure Note The horn will chirp once to confirm the procedure is complete KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED You can use the keyless entry keypad to e lock or unlock the doors without using a key e activate or deactivate the Autolock feature if equipped e release the liftgate glass The keypad can be operated with the factory set 5 digit en
162. e coolant supply is depleted this feature allows the vehicle to be driven temporarily before incremental component damage is incurred The fail safe distance depends on ambient temperatures vehicle load and terrain 343 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications How fail safe cooling works If the engine begins to overheat e The engine coolant temperature gauge will move to the red hot area e The symbol will illuminate e The C indicator light will illuminate If the engine reaches a preset over temperature condition the engine will automatically switch to alternating cylinder operation Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine When this occurs the vehicle will still operate However e The engine power will be limited e The air conditioning system will be disabled Continued operation will increase the engine temperature e The engine will completely shut down e Steering and braking effort will increase Once the engine temperature cools the engine can be re started Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible to minimize engine damage When fail safe mode is activated You have limited engine power when in the fail safe mode so drive the vehicle with caution The vehicle will not be able to maintain high speed operation and the engine will run rough Remember that the engine is capable of completely shutting d
163. e for a few seconds and return the key to the OFF position 5 Make a further check for leaks in the fuel system 287 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies FUSES AND RELAYS Fuses If electrical components in the vehicle are not working a fuse may have blown Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse Check the appropriate 15 fuses before replacing any electrical components Note Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire Standard fuse amperage rating and color Cartridge Fuse link maxi Standard fuses cartridge 288 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Passenger compartment fuse panel The fuse panel is located under the right hand side of the instrument panel To remove the trim panel for access to the fuse box pull the panel toward you and swing it out away from the side and remove it To reinstall it line up the tabs with the grooves on the panel then push it shut To remove the fuse box cover press in the tabs on both sides of the cover then pull the cover off To reinstall the fuse box cover place the top part of the cover on the fuse panel then push the bottom part of the cover until you he
164. e liftgate and liftgate window 146 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security 3 Enter 5 digit entry code 4 Press and hold the 3 e 4 While holding the 3 e 4 press the 7 e 8 5 Release the 7 e 8 6 Release the 3 e 4 The user should receive a horn chirp to indicate the system has been disabled or a chirp followed by a honk to indicate the system has been enabled Message center procedure For information on activating deactivating the autolock feature using the vehicle s message center if equipped refer to Message center information in the Driver Controls chapter CHILDPROOF DOOR LOCKS When these locks are set the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside The rear doors can be opened from the outside when the doors are unlocked The childproof locks are located on rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door Setting the lock for one door will not automatically set the lock for both doors Move lock control up to engage the childproof lock Move control down to disengage childproof locks REMOTE ENTRY SYSTEM This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changes or modi
165. e released from its heating position when it is ready to be used Improper use of the lighter can cause damage not covered by your warranty 100 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Cupholder Ashtray if equipped The cupholder ashtray is located on the instrument panel To open cupholder ashtray push in on the door and release The door will spring out 1 4 inches Then pull cupholder ashtray assembly out the remaining distance to utilize To close push assembly in completely and release POWER WINDOWS Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle and do not let children play with the power windows They may seriously injure themselves When closing the power windows you should verify they are free of obstructions and ensure that children and or pets are not in the proximity of the window openings Press and pull the window switches to open and close windows e Push down to the first detent and hold the switch to open AUTO e Pull up to the first detent and hold the switch to close Rear Window Buffeting When one or both of the rear windows are open the vehicle may demonstrate a wind throb or buffeting noise this noise can be alleviated by e Lowering a front window approximately two to three inches or e Open 3rd Row Power Quarter Glass for vehicles equipped with this option 101 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt U
166. e selected folder Press lt Q FOLDER FOLDER P gt to access the previous next folder if available 33 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems COMPRESS Compression Available only in CD MP3 mode Press MENU until COMPRESS ON OFF appears in the display Use V lt SEEK SEEK P to toggle ON OFF When COMPRESS is ON the system will bring soft and loud CD passages together for a more consistent listening level Single Play Dual Play If Single Play is ON press A IV for Dual Play For further information on Single Play Dual Play refer to Rear seat controls later in this chapter FES FULL LOCKED Your vehicle is equipped with a Family Entertaiment DVD system For further information on the DVD system refer to Family entertainment DVD system later in this section 4 AUX Press repeatedly to cycle mA through FES DVD if equipped LINE IN Auxiliary audio and SAT1 SAT2 SAT3 Satellite radio modes if equipped To return to radio mode press AM FM For location and further information on the auxiliary audio mode refer to Auxiliary input jack later in this chapter Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 5 Seek In radio mode press lt Q P gt to access the seex s previous next strong station In CD mode press lt q gt to access the previous next CD track In satellite
167. e the parking brake Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brakelamps are working 268 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the LOCK position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer Driving with a 6 speed automatic transmission This vehicle is equipped with an Adaptive Transmission Shift PRND321 Strategy The Adaptive Transmission Shift Strategy offers the optimal transmission operation and shift quality When the engine is turned off the shift data which includes the adaptive information will be stored automatically in the Transmission Control Module TCM If the battery is disconnected for any reason the stored information from the last time the key was turned to OFF will be read This way no information will be lost with any battery removal or battery disconnect P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the rear wheels from turning To put your vehicle in gear e Depress the brake pedal e Start the engine e Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear If your vehicle is equipped with a floor shift transmission press the gearshift lever release button on the front o
168. e to accept it If you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision then Ford must abide by the accepted decision as well If the arbitrator has decided in your favor and you accept the decision the BBB AUTO LINE program will contact you to ensure that Ford has complied with the decision in a timely manner Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within forty days after you file your claim with the BBB To initiate a claim with the BBB AUTO LINE you will be asked for your name and address general information about your new vehicle information about your warranty concerns and any steps you have already taken to try to resolve them You will then be mailed a Customer Claim Form that you will need to complete provide proof of vehicle ownership sign and return the Customer Claim Form to the BBB Upon receipt the BBB will review the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 or writing to BBB AUTO LINE 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington Virginia 22203 1833 Note Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations modify procedures or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation 317 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Customer Assistance UTILIZING THE MEDIATION ARBITRATION PROGRAM CANADA ONLY For vehicles delivered to au
169. e with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Engages automatically in MAX A C Q defrost and oA floor defrost 74 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Climate Controls 6 Fan speed adjustment Controls the volume of air circulated in the vehicle the direction of the airflow in the vehicle See the following for a brief vents to cool the vehicle This ra T PENE gt Manual heating and air conditioning system with rear passenger compartment climate control if equipped description on each control MAX A C Distributes recirculated re cooling of the interior air is more economical and efficient OOO 4 Recirculated air may also help reduce undesirable odors from 1 Air flow selections Controls air through the instrument panel D entering the vehicle 7s Distributes air through the instrument panel vents 7 Distributes air through the instrument panel vents and the floor vents O OFF Outside air is shut out and the climate system is turned off A Distributes air through the floor vents You may notice a small amount of air flowing from the defroster vents and demister vents gi Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister vents and floor vents X Distributes outside air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents Can be used to clear thin ice or fog from the windshield Auxiliary climate c
170. e with a hydrometer or antifreeze tester such as the Rotunda Battery and Antifreeze Tester 014 R1060 The level of coolant should be maintained at the FULL COLD level or within the COLD FILL RANGE in the coolant reservoir If the level falls below add coolant per the instructions in the Adding engine coolant section Your vehicle was factory filled with a 50 50 engine coolant and water concentration If the concentration of coolant falls below 40 or above 60 the engine parts could become damaged or not work properly A 50 50 mixture of coolant and water provides the following e Freeze protection down to 34 F 36 C e Boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C e Protection against rust and other forms of corrosion e Enables calibrated gauges to work properly 339 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications When the engine is cold check the level of the engine coolant in the reservoir e The engine coolant should be at the FULL COLD level or within the COLD FILL RANGE as listed on the engine coolant reservoir depending upon application Refer to scheduled maintenance information for service interval schedules e Be sure to read and understand Precautions when servicing your vehicle in this chapter If the engine coolant has not been checked at the recommended interval the engine coolant reservoir may become low or empty If the reservoi
171. e you have enough ventilation e Keep all open flames and other lit material away from the battery and all fuel related parts Working with the engine off 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P Park 2 Turn off the engine and remove the key 3 Block the wheels Working with the engine on 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P Park 2 Block the wheels To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 329 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications OPENING THE HOOD 1 Inside the vehicle pull the hood release handle located under the bottom of the instrument panel 2 Go to the front of the vehicle and release the auxiliary latch that is located under the front center of the hood 3 Lift the hood until the lift cylinders hold it open 330 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications IDENTIFYING COMPONENTS IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT 5 4L 3V V8 engine Windshield washer fluid reservoir 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Engine oil dipstick Brake fluid reservoir Engine coolant reservoir Air filter assembly Power steering fluid reservoir Power distribution box Engine oil filler cap Battery 331 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide pos
172. eLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Release both buttons Do not hold for longer that 30 seconds V HomeLink is now in the train or learning mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Step 2 in the Programming section Reprogramming a single HomeLink button To program a device to HomeLink using a HomeLink button previously trained follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button Do NOT release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the HomeLink button follow Step 2 in the Programming section For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 114 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls STANDARD MESSAGE CENTER IF EQUIPPED With the ignition in the ON position the message center located on your instrument cluster displays important vehicle information through a constant monitor of vehicle systems You may select display features on the message center for a display of status preceded by a brief indicator chime The system will also notify you of potential vehicle problems with a display of system warnings followed by a long indicator chime Note If the vehicle s ignition key is turned OFF then back ON the message center display will return to the displayed message prior to key OFF
173. ed to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick type tire pressure gauge Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear Under inflation or over inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns Under inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It also may result in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of vehicle control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer s maximum permissible pressure and or the pressure at which
174. eding these limits may allow water to enter vehicle components e causing internal damage to the components e affecting driveability emissions and reliability Replace the rear axle lubricant any time the axle has been submerged in water Rear axle lubricant quantities are not to be checked or changed unless a leak is suspected or repair required RECREATIONAL TOWING ALL WHEELS ON THE GROUND An example of recreational towing would be towing your vehicle behind a motorhome Follow these guidelines if you have the need for recreational towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground These guidelines are designed to ensure that your transmission is not damaged 2WD vehicles with automatic transmissions e Place the transmission in N Neutral e Maximum speed is 35 mph 56 km h e Maximum distance is 50 miles 80 km 251 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading If a distance of 50 miles 80 km or a speed of 35 mph 56 km h must be exceeded the drive shaft will have to be removed before the vehicle is towed Ford recommends the driveshaft be removed installed only by a qualified technician at an authorized dealer See your authorized dealer for driveshaft removal installation Improper removal installation of the driveshaft can cause transmission fluid loss damage to the driveshaft and internal transmission components Vehicles equipped with Control Trac four wheel dr
175. efer to the scheduled maintenance information for scheduled maintenance Occasional brake noise is normal and often does not indicate a performance concern with the vehicle s brake system In normal operation automotive brake systems may emit occasional or intermittent squeal or groan noises when the brakes are applied Such noises are usually heard during the first few brake applications in the morning however they may be heard at any time while braking and can be aggravated by environmental conditions such as cold heat moisture road dust salt or mud If a metal to metal continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present while braking the brake linings may be worn out and should be inspected by an authorized dealer Refer to Brake system warning light in the Instrument Cluster chapter for information on the brake system warning light B RAKE If you are driving down a long or steep hill shift to a lower gear Do not apply your brakes continuously as they may overheat and become less effective Anti lock brake system ABS On ABS equipped vehicles a noise from the hydraulic pump motor and pulsation in the pedal may be observed during ABS braking events Pedal pulsation coupled with noise while braking under panic conditions or on loose gravel bumps wet or snowy roads is normal and indicates proper functioning of the vehicle s anti lock brake system The ABS performs a self check after you start the
176. ehicle e emergency travel expense reimbursement e travel planning benefits Using roadside assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference In the United States this card is found in the Owner Guide portfolio in the glove compartment In Canada the card is found in the Customer Information Guide in the glove compartment U S Ford or Mercury vehicle customers who require roadside assistance call 1 800 241 3673 Lincoln vehicle customers call 1 800 521 4140 Canadian customers who require roadside assistance call 1 800 665 2006 If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself Ford Motor Company will reimburse a reasonable amount To obtain reimbursement information U S Ford or Mercury vehicles customers call 1 800 241 3673 Lincoln vehicle customers call 1 800 521 4140 Canadian customers who need to obtain reimbursement information call 1 800 665 2006 Roadside coverage beyond basic warranty In the United States you may purchase additional roadside assistance coverage beyond this period through the Ford Auto Club by contacting your authorized dealer Similarly in Canada for uninterrupted Roadside Assistance coverage you may purchase extended coverage prior to your Basic Warranty s Roadside Assistance expiring For more information and enrollment contact 1 877 294 2582 or visit our website at www ford ca HAZARD FLASHER CONTROL A The hazard flasher is lo
177. ell as audio CDs and video CDs To ensure proper disc operation check the disc for finger prints scratches and cleanliness Clean with a soft cloth wiping from center to edge 1 Ensure that the vehicle ignition is in the RUN or ACCESSORY position 2 Insert a DVD into the system label side up to turn on the system r It will load automatically and begin to play If a DVD is already loaded in the system press PLAY on the DVD player The power indicator will turn on automatically indicating the DVD system is ON Press VIDEO to change the source displayed on the screen Press repeatedly to cycle through DVD DISC DVD AUX NON DVD OFF Press the power button to turn the system OFF The indicator light will turn off indicating the system is off Note The audio from the DVD system will play over all vehicle speakers and can be adjusted by the radio volume control To play a CD in the DVD system The DVD system can play audio CDs CD R and CD R W CD ROM and video CDs To ensure proper disc operation check the disc for finger prints and scratches Clean the disc with a soft cloth wiping from the center to the edge 48 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 1 Ensure that the vehicle ignition is in the RUN or ACCESSORY position 2 Insert a CD into the system label side up to turn on the DVD system It will load and automatically begin to play If there is
178. elt pretensioners front safety belt usage sensors driver seat position sensor and indicator lights How does the Personal Safety System work The Personal Safety System can adapt the deployment strategy of your vehicle s safety devices according to crash severity and occupant conditions A collection of crash and occupant sensors provides information to the Restraints Control Module RCM During a crash the RCM activates the safety belt pretensioners and or either one or both stages of the dual stage airbag supplemental restraints based on crash severity and occupant conditions The fact that the pretensioners or airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the Personal Safety System determined the accident conditions crash severity belt usage etc were not appropriate to activate these safety devices Front airbags are designed to activate only in frontal and near frontal collisions not rollovers side impacts or rear impacts unless the collision causes sufficient longitudinal deceleration 178 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints The dual stage airbags offer the capability to tailor the level of airbag inflation energy A lower less forceful energy level is provided for more common moderate severit
179. em default and MP3 folder mode For more information on track and folder mode refer to Sample MP3 structure in the following section e MP3 track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 disc The player numbers each MP3 track on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension from T001 to T255 e MP3 folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders The CD player numbers all MP3 tracks on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension and all folders containing MP3 files from F001 folder T001 track to F253 T255 43 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems e Creating discs with only one level of folders will help with navigation through the disc files Sample MP3 structure If you are burning your own MP3 discs it is important to understand 0 how the system will read the structures you create While various o mp3 files may be present files with L A mp3 extensions other than mp3 only 5 files with the mp3 extension will be played Other files will be ignored FOT Ame by the system This enables you to use the same MP3 disc for a variety fi mp3 of tasks on your work computer fJ mp3 home computer and your in vehicle system Frm 6 LJ1 mp3 7 _ doc m e pet L xls In track mode the system will display and play the structure as if it were only one level deep all mp3
180. em to scroll through until the correct zone appears in the message center display 6 The display will return to normal operation after 4 seconds The zone is now updated Compass calibration adjustment Perform compass calibration in an open area free from steel structures and high voltage lines For optimum calibration turn off all electrical accessories heater air conditioning wipers etc and make sure all vehicle doors are shut 1 Start the vehicle 2 Locate the reset button on the compass sensor mounted on the base of mirror 3 To calibrate press and hold the reset button on the compass module CIRCLE SLGWLY for approximately eight seconds and TO CALIBRATE release 4 Slowly drive the vehicle in a circle less than 5 km h 3 mph until the CIRCLE SLOWLY TO CALIBRATE display changes to CALIBRATION COMPLETED It will take up to five circles to complete calibration 118 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls 5 The compass is now calibrated CALIBRATION COMPLETED Setup menu This menu allows the user via the RESET stem located in the instrument cluster to interface and control the information displayed in the message center for following selectable features e System Check e Oil life e Units English Metric e Autolamp e Autolock e Language English French Spanish Press and release the RESET stem to scroll through the INFO MENU until follo
181. ent you need to keep these objects from touching the coded key while starting the engine These objects and devices cannot damage the coded key but can cause a momentary no start condition if they are too close to the key during engine start If a problem occurs turn ignition the OFF position and restart the engine with all other objects on the key ring held away from the ignition key 158 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security Check to make sure the coded key is an approved Ford coded key If your keys are lost or stolen you will need to do the following e Use your spare key to start the vehicle or e Have your vehicle towed to a authorized dealer or a locksmith The key codes will need to be erased from your vehicle and new key codes will need to be re coded Replacing coded keys can be very costly and you may want to store an extra programmed key away from the vehicle in a safe place to prevent an unforeseen inconvenience The correct coded key must be used for your vehicle The use of the wrong type of coded key may lead to a no start condition If an unprogrammed key is used in the ignition it will cause a no start condition Programming spare keys A maximum of eight keys can be coded to your vehicle Only SecuriLock keys can be used To program a coded key yourself you will need two previously programmed coded keys Keys that already operate your vehicl
182. eo state options which will be indicated on the bottom right hand corner of the display DVD DISC DVD AUX NON DVD and Off no indicator If you select the DVD AUX video source the display will turn off if there is no video signal detected When a video signal is detected on the auxiliary video input and the display is in the DVD AUX video mode the display will automatically turn on 8 Infrared IR Receiver amp Transmitter System sensor which reads the signals from the remote control and sends audio signals to the infrared IR wireless headphones 9 LCD screen The eight inch diagonal screen rotates down to view and up into housing to store when not in use Ensure that the screen is latched into the housing when being stored 10 Volume When in Single Play press to increase A or decrease Vv the volume over all speakers When in Dual Play press to increase VOLUME A or decrease Vv the volume for the wired headphones Wireless headphone volume is controlled with the rotary dial on the right ear piece 53 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 11 A q Headphones Speakers Press once for Dual Play Headphone mode the rear speakers are muted and press again for Single Play same media playing through all speakers For further interaction information refer to Single Play Dual play 12 MEDIA Press repeatedly to select from the various possible m
183. epeatedly to cycle through FES DVD if equipped poA LINE IN Auxiliary audio mode and SAT1 SAT2 SAT3 Satellite radio modes if equipped To return to radio mode press AM FM For location and further information on auxiliary audio mode refer to Auxiliary input jack later in this chapter Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 27 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 5 SEEK In radio mode press lt i gt to access the el previous next strong station In CD MP3 mode press lt q gt to access the previous next CD MP3 track In satellite radio mode if equipped press E SEEK SEEK BP to seek to the previous next channel In CATEGORY MODE press lt Q SEEK SEEK gt to select a category Jazz Rock News etc Once the desired category is in the display press lt SEEK SEEK gt to seek to the previous next channel in the selected category Press and hold lt SEEK SEEK gt to fast seek through the previous next channels In TEXT MODE press lt Q SEEK SEEK P gt to view the previous additional display text Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 6 Play Pause This control is operational in CD and DVD mode if eS equipped When a CD or DVD is playing in the FES system press
184. eplacement bulbs are specified in the chart below Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized D O T for North America to ensure lamp performance light brightness and pattern and safe visibility The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb burn time Number of bulbs Headlamps Cow and 2 H13 9008 high beam 194 88 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights Front park turn lamps 2 3I5TA Foglamps 2 a5 _ Ek Frontrow map lamps g wey Front row map dome lamps Rear cargo lamp a 2nd row reading lamp IY Turn tail brake see or SITE sidemarker lamps Backup lamp gt a Approach mirror turn signal lamps if equipped Mirror approach lamps See your dealer non turn signal Gf equipped Phicense Jamp ff s High mount brake lamp All replacement bulbs are clear in color except where noted To replace all instrument panel lights see your authorized dealer To obtain replacement approach lamp assembly bulbs see your authorized dealer and reference Ford part no 2L1Z 13B374 BB for the passenger side mirror and 2L1Z 13B375 BB for the driver side mirror Replacing the interior bulbs Check the operation of all bulbs frequently Replacing exterior bulbs Check the operation of all the bulbs frequently Replacing headlamp bulbs 1 Make sure that the headlamp c
185. equently in hot weather hilly conditions at GCWR or any combination of these factors consider refilling your rear axle with synthetic gear lube if not already so equipped Refer to the Maintenance and Specifications chapter for 250 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading the lubricant specification Remember that regardless of the rear axle lube used do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km of a new vehicle and that the first 500 miles 800 km of towing be done at no faster than 70 mph 112 km h with no full throttle starts e After you have traveled 50 miles 80 km thoroughly check your hitch electrical connections and trailer wheel lug nuts e To aid in engine transmission cooling and A C efficiency during hot weather while stopped in traffic place the gearshift lever in P Park e Vehicles with trailers should not be parked on a grade If you must park on a grade place wheel chocks under the trailer s wheels Launching or retrieving a boat Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before backing the trailer into the water Reconnect the wiring to the trailer after the trailer is removed from the water When backing down a ramp during boat launching or retrieval e do not allow the static water level to rise above the bottom edge of the rear bumper e do not allow waves to break higher than 6 inches 15 cm above the bottom edge of the rear bumper Exce
186. er WASHER FLUID LEVEL LOW Indicates the washer fluid reservoir is less than one quarter full Check the washer fluid level Refer to Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter XXX OIL LIFE CHANGE SOON OIL CHANGE REQUIRED Displayed when the engine oil life remaining is 5 percent or less When oil life left is between 5 and 0 the XXX OIL LIFE CHANGE SOON message will be displayed When oil life left reaches 0 the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message will be displayed LIFTGATE GLASS AJAR Displayed when the liftgate or the liftgate glass is not completely closed 124 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls OPTIONAL MESSAGE CENTER IF EQUIPPED With the ignition in the ON position the message center located on your instrument cluster displays important vehicle a NW 888888 mi through a constant monitor of vehicle systems You may select display features on the message center for a display of status preceded by a brief indicator chime The system will also notify you of potential vehicle problems with a display of system warnings followed by a long indicator chime Selectable features Reset Press this control to select and reset functions shown in the INFO menu and SETUP menu INFO SETUP Info menu This control displays the following control displays e Odometer Compass SETUP RESET e Outside air temperature Gf equipped e Trip odo
187. er events not in rear impact frontal or near frontal collisions unless the collision causes sufficient lateral deceleration or rollover Several Safety Canopy system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation 200 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints If the Safety Canopy system has deployed the Safety Canopy will not function again unless replaced The Safety Canopy system including the A B C and D pillar trim must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the Safety Canopy is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a collision Determining if the system is operational The SRS uses a readiness light in the instrument cluster or a tone to indicate the condition of the system Refer to the Airbag readiness section in the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required Any difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness light same light as for front airbag system will either flash or stay lit e The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after ignition is turned on e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the SRS serviced at authorized dealer immedi
188. erator or the brake pedal To remove the floor mat reverse the installation procedure Z POWER LIFTGATE IF EQUIPPED The liftgate can be operated by the following e instrument panel control button e key fob button e outside release handle e control button in the rear cargo area Note The liftgate can be reversed with a second press on a control button or key fob and can be manually closed at any time The liftgate will only operate with the vehicle in P Park The chime will beep once if conditions are not correct to start an operation These conditions include e the vehicle speed is at or above 3 mph 5 kph e or the ignition is in Run and the transmission is not in Park e or the Battery Voltage is below the minimum operating voltage WARNING Make sure all persons are clear of the power liftgate area before using the power liftgate control 138 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Keep keys out of reach of children Do not allow children to play near an open or moving power liftgate Do not open the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed area with a low ceiling If the liftgate is raised the liftgate could be damaged against a low ceiling To open the liftgate from the Instrument panel Press the button once to open the Co liftgate press it again to close To open the liftgate with the Key fob Refer to Remote Entry System in the Locks and security chapter
189. ers Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions shown from top view e Second row bench seat 7 e Second row bucket seats 8 t Attach the tether strap only to the appropriate tether anchor as shown The tether strap may not work properly if attached somewhere other than the correct tether anchor Second row seating positions 1 Position the child safety seat on the seat cushion 2 Locate the tether anchor at the bottom back of the seat e outboard seating positions 211 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints e center seating position Cif equipped 3 Route the child safety seat tether strap under the head restraint outboard seats and over the back of the seat 4 Grasp the tether strap and position it to the seat frame 5 Rotate the tether strap and clip the tether strap to the anchor on the seat frame 212 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 6 Rotate the tether strap clip 7 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions Third row seating position 1 Position the child safety seat on the center of the seat cushion 2 Route the child safety
190. es 86 Vv Vehicle Identification Number VIN J accisctucsdechenesvevessaseieesaeoueeean 367 Vehicle loading presumir 238 Ventilating your vehicle 256 WwW Warning lights see Lights 12 Washer fluid ccceccceeeeseees 332 Water Driving through 284 Windows POWED verraet E 101 rear wiper washef 0008 96 Windshield washer fluid and WIPETS keramer a EE 95 checking and adding fluid 332 liftgate reservoir 0 332 replacing wiper blades 333 Wrecker towing eeeeseeseeeeeeeee 312
191. es to protect from any electrical surges Turn all other accessories off Connecting the jumper cables 1 Connect the positive jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery Note In the illustrations lightning bolts are used to designate the assisting boosting battery 306 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies 2 Connect the other end of the positive cable to the positive terminal of the assisting battery 3 Connect the negative cable to the negative terminal of the assisting battery 307 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies 4 Make the final connection of the negative cable to the jump starting stud located in the rear of the engine compartment behind the battery Do not use fuel lines engine rocker covers or the intake manifold as grounding points Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative terminal of the battery to be jumped A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery 5 Ensure that the cables are clear of fan blades belts moving parts of both engines or any fuel delivery system parts Jump starting 1 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run the engine at moderately increased speed 2 Start the engine of the disabled vehicle 3 Once the disabled vehicle has been started ru
192. esent the es indicator should stay off the next time the engine is started A driving cycle consists of a cold engine startup followed by mixed city highway driving No additional vehicle service is required If the indicator remains on have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD II may not have symptoms that are apparent continued driving with the tc indicator on can result in increased emissions lower fuel economy reduced engine and transmission smoothness and lead to more costly repairs Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M testing Some state provincial and local governments may have Inspection Maintenance I M programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Your vehicle may not pass the I M test if the C indicator is on or not working properly bulb is burned out or if the OBD II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked In this case the vehicle is considered not ready for I M testing If the c indicator is on or the bulb does not work the vehicle may need to be serviced Refer to the On board diagnostics OBD II description in this chapter If the vehicle s engine or transmission has just been serviced or the battery has recently run down or been replaced the OBD II system may indicate
193. est repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected Tire and wheel alignment A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you re driving the wheels may be out of alignment Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer Front wheel drive FWD vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension if equipped may require alignment of all four wheels The tires should also be balanced periodically An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear Tire rotation Rotating your tires at the recommended interval as indicated in the scheduled maintenance information that comes with your vehicle will help your tires wear more evenly providing better tire performance and longer tire life Unless otherwise specified rotate the tires approximately every 5 000 miles 8 000 km 227 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading e Rear Wheel Drive RWD vehicles Four Wheel Drive 4WD All Wheel Drive AWD vehicles front tires at top of diagram A SX AAAS AA CV SA AARAAN Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires Note If your
194. eviate rumbling wind noise which may happen in the vehicle with the roof fully opened To open the moon roof The moon roof is equipped with a one touch open feature Firmly press and release the rear control The moon roof will open to the comfort position Firmly press and release the control again to fully open To stop the one touch open feature press any control again To close the moon roof Press and hold the front control until the glass stops moving When fully closed the rear portion of the glass panel will appear higher than the front portion J REARWINDOW BS To vent the moon roof Press and hold the TILT control The moon roof must be in the closed position in order to move it into the vent position To close press and hold the rear or front control until the glass panel stops moving 110 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls The moon roof has a built in sliding shade that can be manually opened or closed when the glass panel is shut To close the shade pull it toward the front of the vehicle HOMELINK WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The HomeLink Wireless Control System located on the driver s visor provides a convenient way to A replace up to three hand held transmitters with a single built in O O device This feature will learn the radio frequency codes of most transmitters to operate garage
195. exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems AUDIO SYSTEMS Quick start How to get going Listening to the radio 1 If the audio system is off press VOL PUSH VOL PUSH to turn the radio on Turn VOL PUSH to adjust the volume Note The system may take a few moments to turn on 2 Press AM FM repeatedly to Ai choose between AM FM1 FM2 frequency bands 3 Press A IV to manually go up down the frequency band K Press lt Q SEEK P gt to search down up the chosen frequency band Geer see for the next strongest station To disengage SEEK mode press A IV e CE TTT desired station press and hold a memory preset 1 6 to save the station PRESET SAVED will appear on the display and the sound will return signifying the station has been saved You can save up to six stations in each frequency band six in AM six in FM1 and six in FM2 To access your saved stations press the corresponding memory preset The memory preset and the station frequency will appear on the display 21 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems Listening to satellite radio if equipped 1 If the audio system is turned off VOL PUSH press VOL PUSH to turn the radio on Turn VOL PUSH to adjust the volume Note The system may take a few moments to turn on 2 Press AUX repeatedly to cycle through auxiliary audio sources ax Select SAT1 S
196. f the following e Handling stability and braking performance e Comfort and noise e Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability e Wet weather driving capability e All Wheel driving capability Gf applicable e Load leveling adjustment if applicable When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire wheel additional caution should be given to e Towing a trailer e Driving vehicles equipped with a camper body e Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack Drive cautiously when using a full size dissimilar spare tire wheel and seek service as soon as possible 297 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Stopping and securing the vehicle 1 Park on a level surface activate the hazard flashers and set the parking brake 2 Place the gearshift in P Park and turn the engine OFF Spare tire information Note The tire pressure monitoring system TPMS indicator light will illuminate when the spare is in use To restore the full functionality of the TPMS system all road wheels equipped with the tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on the vehicle Have a flat tire serviced by an authorized dealer in order to prevent damage to the TPMS sensor refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter Replace the spare tire with a road tire as soon as possible Location of the spare tire and
197. f the lever while shifting into the desired gear 269 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving To put your vehicle in P Park e Come to a complete stop e Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P Park Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the LOCK position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Reverse the vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle can be started and is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position D Drive with Overdrive The normal driving position for the best fuel economy Transmission operates in gears one through six except in 4L where transmission operates in gears two through six D Drive without Overdrive Overdrive can be deactivated by pressing the transmission control switch on the end of the gearshift lever column shift transmission or on the side of the gearshift lever floor shift transmission Cc OD OFFA lt SSS e Column shift transmission 270 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving e Floor shift transmission Transmission operates in gears one through six except in 4L where transmissi
198. f the vehicle To return the seat to the upright position 1 Lift the seatback toward the rear of the vehicle 2 Rotate the seatback until you hear a click locking it in the upright position 169 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 3 Lift up on the head restraint until gt A it locks into its original position t Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision Placing the 2nd row outboard 40 seats in cargo mode Use caution when folding the seatback to the flat back position as the system will move forward when you lift the release handle The 2nd row seats can be placed in a kneel down load floor position to allow more cargo space Always return the seat from the kneel position prior to raising the seatback Failure to do so could result in personal injury To place the seats in the cargo mode 1 Fold down the 2nd row seat 170 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 2 Pull the cargo mode lever up to release the seat into a kneel down load floor position A moderate force may be required to move the seat forw
199. fications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The remote entry system allows you to lock or unlock all vehicle doors and liftgate and open the liftgate window without a key 147 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security The remote entry lock unlock feature operates in any ignition position The liftgate glass features operate as long as vehicle speed is less than 5 mph 8 km h The panic feature operates with the key in the 1 OFF LOCK position If there is any potential remote keyless entry problem with your vehicle ensure ALL remote entry transmitters are brought to the authorized dealer to aid in troubleshooting Unlocking the doors liftgate Press this control to unlock the driver s door The interior lamps will illuminate when the ignition is in the 1 OFF LOCK position e 4 button remote e 5 button remote Press the control a second time within three seconds to unlock all doors and liftgate Locking the doors liftgate 6 Press this control to lock all doors and liftgate The park turn signal lamps will flash once To confirm all doors are closed and locked press the control a second time within three seconds the park turn signal lamps will flash once and the horn will chirp 148 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security e 4 butto
200. files will be played regardless of being in a specific folder In folder mode the system will only play the mp3 files in the current folder Satellite radio information if equipped Satellite radio channels SIRIUS broadcasts a variety of music news sports weather traffic and entertainment satellite radio channels For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels visit www sirius com in the United States www sirius canada ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehicle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a satellite radio system Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance 44 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems e Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker
201. formance keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle e When adding accessories equipment passengers and luggage to your vehicle do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label Consult your authorized dealer for specific weight information e The Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulate the use of mobile communications systems such as two way radios telephones and theft alarms that are equipped with radio transmitters Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with FCC or CRTC regulations and should be installed only by a qualified service technician e Mobile communications systems may harm the operation of your vehicle particularly if they are not properly designed for automotive use e To avoid interference with other vehicle functions such as anti lock braking systems amateur radio users who install radios and antennas onto their vehicle should not locate the Amateur Radio Antennas in the area of the driver s side hood Electrical or electronic accessories or components that are added to the vehicle by the authorized dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability 370 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus A ABS see Brakes
202. fuel economy e Warming up a vehicle on cold mornings is not required and may reduce fuel economy e Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving may reduce fuel economy e Combine errands and minimize stop and go driving Maintenance e Keep tires properly inflated and use only recommended size e Operating a vehicle with the wheels out of alignment will reduce fuel economy e Use recommended engine oil Refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance items Follow the recommended maintenance schedule and owner maintenance checks found in scheduled maintenance information Conditions e Heavily loading a vehicle or towing a trailer may reduce fuel economy at any speed e Carrying unnecessary weight may reduce fuel economy as much as 1 mpg 0 4 km L is lost for every 400 lb 180 kg of weight carried 352 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e Adding certain accessories to your vehicle for example bug deflectors rollbars light bars running boards ski luggage racks may reduce fuel economy Using fuel blended with alcohol may lower fuel economy e Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures during the first 8 10 miles 12 16 km of driving e Driving on flat terrain offers improved fuel economy as compared to driving on hilly terrain e Transmissions give their best fuel
203. g A Certain add on devices such as large trailer hitches bike or s surfboard racks and any device that may block the normal detection zone of the reverse sensing system may create false beeps The system will assist the driver in detecting certain objects while the vehicle moves in reverse at speeds less than 6 mph 10 km h The system is not effective at speeds greater than 6 mph 10 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects ni The system detects obstacles within approximately 16 feet five meters at speeds above 2 5 mph 4 km h behind the rear bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper If vehicle speed is below 2 5 mph 4 km h the system detects obstacles within approximately 9 feet 2 6 meters behind the rear bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper As you move closer to the obstacle the rate of the tone increases When the distance to the obstacle is approximately less than 18 inches 45 0 cm the tone will sound continuously If the system detects an object that is approaching the vehicle at such a rate that rapid braking is required a very high rate tone will sound If this tone is heard while reversing the driver is advised to slow down immediately until the tone either changes to a slower rate or stops Audible Warnings Distance to Object Warning Speed above 2 5 mph 4 km h up to 1 6 feet 5 meters 273 2007 Expedition
204. g brake on will cause the brakes to wear out quickly and reduce fuel economy ADVANCETRAC WITH ROLL STABILITY CONTROL RSC STABILITY ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The AdvanceTrac with RSC system provides stability enhancement features such as Roll Stability Control RSC Electronic Stability Control ESC and Traction Control TCS for certain driving situations The system includes an AdvanceTrac with RSC on off button and a sliding car icon in the instrument cluster Some drivers may notice a slight movement of the brake pedal when the AdvanceTrac with RSC performs a system self check During AdvanceTrac with RSC operation you may experience the following e Arumble grunting or grinding noise after startup and when driving off A slight deceleration of the vehicle e The AdvanceTrac with RSC indicator light will flash when the system is activated If your foot is on the brake pedal you will feel a vibration in the pedal If the driving condition is severe and your foot is not on the brake the brake pedal will move to apply higher brake forces You may also hear a whoosh of air from under the instrument panel during this severe condition Traction Control Traction Control helps your vehicle maintain traction when driving on slippery and or hilly road surfaces by detecting and controlling wheel spin Excessive wheel spin is controlled by momentarily reducing engine power and or applying
205. g message for two seconds Pressing the RESET control cycles the message center through each of the systems being monitored The sequence of the system check report and how it appears in the message center is as follows OIL LIFE CHARGING SYSTEM WASHER FLUID LEVEL DOOR STATUS LIFTGATE GLASS BRAKE FLUID LEVEL TIRE PRESSURE SYSTEM if equipped AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM if equipped FUEL LEVEL WCONA TKR WHY HE 132 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls System warnings System warnings alert you to possible problems or malfunctions in your vehicle s operating systems In the event of a multiple warning situation the message center will cycle the display to show all warnings by displaying each one for 4 seconds The message center will display the last selected feature if there are no more warning messages This allows you to use the full functionality of the message center after you acknowledge the warning by pressing the RESET control and clearing the warning message Warning messages that have been reset are divided into three categories e They cannot be cleared until the condition is corrected e They will reappear on the display ten minutes from the reset e They will not reappear until an ignition OFF ON cycle has been completed This acts as a reminder that these warning conditions still exist within the vehicle Warning can be reset Will retur
206. ght in the instrument cluster A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The warning light will either flash or stay lit e The warning light will not illuminate immediately after the ignition is turned on e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and warning light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the Personal Safety System serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision Safety restraints precautions A Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips A To reduce the risk of injury make sure children sit in the back seat where they can be properly restrained A Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while the vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a collision All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system SRS is provided 180 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people t
207. gramming the remote transmitters turn the ignition to the 1 OFF LOCK position or wait 20 seconds The doors will again lock unlock to confirm programming has been completed lIluminated entry The lamps illuminate when the remote entry system is used to unlock the door s The system automatically turns off after 25 seconds or when the ignition is turned to the 2 ACCESSORY or 3 ON position The dome lamp control must not be set to the off position for the illuminated entry system to operate 154 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security Perimeter lamps illuminated entry The following items will illuminate when the 23 unlock control on the remote entry transmitter is pressed e Head lamps e Park lamps e Tail lamps The lamps will automatically turn off e if the ignition switch is turned to the 3 RUN position or e the A lock control is pressed or e after 25 seconds of illumination Note On some vehicles the perimeter lamps illuminated entry feature will not activate in daylight conditions Deactivating activating perimeter lamps illuminated entry You may enable disable this feature by having your vehicle serviced by your authorized dealer You may also perform the following power door lock sequence to enable disable the perimeter lamps feature Note Before starting ensure the ignition is in the 1 LOCK position and all vehicle doors are closed You must complet
208. he AdvanceTrac with RSC stability enhancement system can be turned off manually by pressing the AdvanceTrac with RSC button refer to AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control RSC Stability Enhancement System in this chapter while operating in 2H 4A or 4H while driving in deep sand very deep snow or more strenuous off road maneuvers This will disable the engine management feature allowing the vehicle to maintain full power and enhanced momentum through the obstacle Utility and four wheel drive vehicles are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers in these vehicles Note The Control Trac selector knob should not be changed while the rear wheels are slipping Shifting between modes Shifting from 2H to 4A or 4H Move the control to the 4A or 4H position at any forward speed up to 55 mph 88 km h or at a stop The message center may display 4X4 SHIFT IN PROGRESS during the system shift The RTT location in the message center will then display 4X4 AUTO if 4A is selected or 4X4 if 4H is selected Shifting from 4A to 4H Move the control from 4A to 4H at a stop or while driving at any speed The RTT location in the message center will display 4X4 276 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving Shifting to from 4L
209. he desired selection To activate Dual Play mode rear seat passengers listen to a different playing media than the front seat passengers e Press the speaker headphone control e Press the MEDIA Control to change audio sources for headphone mode only 40 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems e Use the other controls to make adjustments to the playing media e Dual Play mode may also be activated by pressing memory C ce CJ ED C CJ presets 2 and 4 simultaneously on the front audio controls The rear speakers mute and rear seat passengers have audio for their selected media available through their headphones Using headphones Dual Play mode Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle and do not let children operate the system while unsupervised If wired headphones or auxiliary systems are used children may become entangled in the cords and seriously injure themselves Plug a 3 5 mm headphone not included into the A jack Press the speaker on off control to operate the headphones DUAL PLAY illuminates in the radio display and the fade control is disabled signaling that Dual Play has been activated The rear speakers will cut out once the speaker on off control is pressed The front speaker will remain playing for the front passengers Press the control again to deactivate the headphones SINGLE PLAY illuminates in the radio display and the fade control i
210. he empty reserve still present in the tank 350 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications For consistent results when filling the fuel tank e Turn the engine ignition switch to the off position prior to refueling an error in the reading will result if the engine is left running e Use the same filling rate setting ow medium high each time the tank is filled e Allow no more than two automatic click offs when filling e Always use fuel with the recommended octane rating e Use a known quality gasoline preferably a national brand e Use the same side of the same pump and have the vehicle facing the same direction each time you fill up e Have the vehicle loading and distribution the same every time Your results will be most accurate if your filling method is consistent Calculating fuel economy 1 Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading in miles or kilometers 2 Each time you fill the tank record the amount of fuel added Gn gallons or liters 3 After at least three to five tank fill ups fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading 4 Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading 5 Follow one of the simple calculations in order to determine fuel economy Calculation 1 Divide total miles traveled by total gallons used Calculation 2 Multiply liters used by 100 then divide by total
211. he interior of the vehicle Recirculation engages automatically with selection of MAX A C or can be engaged manually in any other airflow selection except GV Recirculation may turn off automatically in all airflow selections except MAX A C 7 A C Press to activate deactivate air conditioning Use with AO recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Engages automatically in MAX A C HY defrost and GA floor defrost 8 Fan speed adjustment Controls the volume of air circulated in the vehicle 9 Temperature selection Controls the temperature of the airflow to the driver in the front of the vehicle Operating tips e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather place the air flow selector in the G7 position e To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle do not drive with the air flow selector in the O OFF or in cold weather MAX A C position e Under normal weather conditions do not leave the air flow selector in MAX A C or O OFF when the vehicle is parked This allows the vehicle to breathe using the outside air inlet vents e Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the airflow to the back seats e Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield 76 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Climate Controls To aid in side window defogging demisting in cold weather 1 Select WF
212. he power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty The auxiliary power point is located on the instrument panel Do not use the power point for gt operating the cigarette lighter element if equipped To prevent the fuse from being blown do not use the power o point s over the vehicle capacity of 12 VDC 180W If the power point or cigar lighter socket is not working a fuse may have blown Refer to Fuses and Relays in the Roadside Emergencies chapter for information on checking and replacing fuses To prevent the battery from being discharged do not use the power point longer than necessary when the engine is not running Always keep the power point caps closed when not being used A second auxiliary power point is located on the rear side of the center console The power point is accessible from the rear seats 99 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls The rear auxiliary power point is located on the right rear quarter panel The power point is accessible from the liftgate or the third row seat Equipped with rear climate control Not equipped with rear climate control pE AN Cigar Cigarette lighter if equipped Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigarette lighter socket Do not hold the lighter in with your hand while it is heating this will damage the lighter element and socket The lighter will b
213. he seat bounce back slightly 165 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Memory seats power mirrors adjustable pedals if equipped This system allows automatic positioning of the driver seat power mirrors and adjustable pedals to two programmable positions The memory seat control is located on the outboard side of the seat cushion e To program position 1 move the driver seat mirrors and pedals Cif equipped to the desired position using the associated controls Press the SET control Within 5 seconds of pressing the SET control press control 1 e To program position 2 repeat the previous procedure using control 2 A position can be recalled e in any gearshift position if the ignition is not in the RUN position e only in P Park or N Neutral if the ignition is in the RUN position A memory seat position may be programmed at any time The memory positions are also recalled when you press your remote entry transmitter UNLOCK control if the transmitter is programmed to a memory position or when you enter a valid personal entry code that is programmed to a memory position To program the memory feature to a remote entry transmitter and for more information on how to use the keypad refer to Remote entry system in the Locks and Security chapter Heated seats and climate controlled seats if equipped operation Note It is recommended for optimal perfo
214. he second row map lamps are located in the headliner above the second row seats The second row map lamp lights when e any door is opened e the instrument panel dimmer switch is rotated up until the courtesy lamps come on and e any of the remote entry controls are pressed and the ignition is OFF Press the controls to activate the lamps 87 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights Rear cargo lamp The dome lamp lights when e any door is opened and the switch is in the middle position e the instrument panel dimmer switch is rotated until the courtesy lamps come on e any of the remote entry controls are pressed and ignition is OFF and switch is in the middle position With the ignition key in the ACC or ON position the rear dome lamp can be turned ON or OFF by sliding the control Battery saver The battery saver will shut off the exterior lamps and interior lamps except the hazard warning lamps if activated 10 minutes after the ignition control has been turned off The system will not turn off the parking lamps if the headlamp control is in the PARK position BULB REPLACEMENT Headlamp Condensation The headlamps are vented to equalize pressure When moist air enters the headlamp s through the vents there is a possibility that condensation can occur This condensation is normal and will clear within 45 minutes of headlamp operation Using the right bulbs R
215. heel movements Vehicles with a higher center of gravity such as utility and four wheel drive vehicles handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity Utility and four wheel drive vehicles are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions Avoid sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvers in these vehicles Failure to drive cautiously could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death 279 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving e If the vehicle goes from one type of surface to another i e from concrete to gravel there will be a change in the way the vehicle responds to a maneuver steering acceleration or braking Again avoid these abrupt inputs Control Trac four wheel drive system if equipped When a four wheel drive mode is selected the Control Trac system uses all four wheels to power the vehicle This increases traction enabling you to drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two wheel drive vehicle cannot Power is supplied to all four wheels through a transfer case On four wheel drive vehicles the transfer case allows you to select four wheel drive when necessary Information on transfer case operation and shifting procedures can be found in this chapter Information on tra
216. heels and Loading any tire is under inflated carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure SNOW TIRES AND CHAINS Snow tires must be the same size and grade as the tires you currently have on your vehicle The tires on your vehicle have all weather treads to provide traction in rain and snow However in some climates you may need to use snow tires and chains If you need to use chains it is recommended that steel wheels of the same size and specifications be used as chains may chip aluminum wheels Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and chains e Use only cable type chains or chains offered by Ford as an accessory or equivalent Other conventional link type chains may contact and cause damage to the vehicle s wheel house and or body e Do not install chains on the front wheels Chains on the front wheels may interfere with suspension components e Chains are not recommended for use on the P275 55R20 tire Install chains securely verifying that the chains do not touch any wiring brake lines or fuel lines Drive cautiously If you hear the chains rub or bang against your vehicle stop and re tighten the chains If this does not work remove the chains to prevent damage to your vehicle If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle Remove the tire chains when they are no longer needed Do not use tire chains
217. herwise fuel may spray out and injure you or others If you do not use the proper fuel filler cap excessive vacuum in the fuel tank may damage the fuel system or cause the fuel cap to disengage in a collision which may result in possible personal injury Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled A Gasoline may contain benzene which is a cancer causing agent Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel e Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle e Always turn off the vehicle before refueling 345 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury If fuel is swallowed call a physician immediately even if no symptoms are immediately apparent The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours Avoid inhaling fuel vapors Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation In severe cases excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes If fuel is splashed in the eyes remove contact lenses if worn flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead
218. hicle and to its emissions system 353 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications If other than Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized parts are used for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control such non Ford parts should be equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability Do not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire Illumination of the C indicator charging system warning light or the temperature warning light fluid leaks strange odors smoke or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine By law vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures repairs services sells leases trades vehicles or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent it from working Information about your vehicle s emission system is on the Vehicle Emissi
219. hield washer fluid is low NU GBCC0C 0 mi O D off Illuminates when the 0 D overdrive function of the transmission has been turned off OFF refer to the Driving chapter If the light does not illuminate have the transmission serviced soon or damage may occur AdvanceTrac RTT Cif equipped Displays when the R AdvanceTrac with RSC system is active If the light remains on have NW GOOC00 0 mi the system serviced immediately refer to the Driving chapter for more information 15 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Instrument Cluster Speed control Illuminates when the speed control is activated Turns off when the speed control system is deactivated Four wheel drive low RTT if equipped Displays when four wheel drive low is engaged If the light fails to illuminate when the ignition is turned ON or remains on have the system serviced immediately by your authorized dealer Four wheel drive RTT Cif equipped Displays when four wheel drive is engaged If the _ light fails to illuminate when the NW OOOC0C 0 mi ignition is turned ON or remains on have the system serviced immediately by your authorized dealer Four wheel drive auto RTT if equipped Displays when four wheel drive automatic mode is engaged If the light fails to NW OOO000 0 mi illuminate when the ignition is turned ON or remains on have the system serviced immediately by your authorized
220. hildren to ride Move a child to a different seating location if the shoulder belt does not stay positioned on the shoulder during use Follow all instructions provided by the manufacturer of the booster seat Never put the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it eliminates the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a collision 205 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Never use pillows books or towels to boost a child They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a collision SAFETY SEATS FOR CHILDREN Child and infant or child safety seats Use a safety seat that is recommended for the size and weight of the child Carefully follow all of the manufacturer s instructions with the safety seat you put in your vehicle If you do not install and use the safety seat properly the child may be injured in a sudden stop or collision When installing a child safety seat Review and follow the information presented in the airbag supplemental restraint system SRS section in this chapter Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle e
221. hin ice or fog from the windshield 2 Rear temperature control Press to enable the auxiliary system and set the desired rear cabin airflow temperature with the front control The rear cabin airflow temperature will match the driver airflow temperature setting when only the center rear temperature bar REAR is illuminated The rear cabin airflow temperature will be warmer or cooler than the driver airflow temperature setting when more than one rear temperature bar REAR is illuminated 3 Passenger temperature control Press to increase decrease the temperature for the passenger in the front of the vehicle 79 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Climate Controls 4 RGY Rear defroster Press to activate deactivate the rear window defroster Refer to Rear window defroster later in this chapter for more information 5 R e Rear fan speed control Press to enable the auxiliary system or to adjust the rear fan speed from the front control The rear fan speed settings available are 4 3 2 1 and O OFF 6 yy Passenger heated seat control Press once to activate the high heat setting 2 indicator lights Press again to activate the low heat setting 1 indicator light Press again to deactivate the passenger heated seat 4 ao Passenger cooled seat control Press once to activate the high cool setting 2 indicator lights Press again to activate the low cool setting 1 indica
222. horized dealer 2 If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved contact the Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager 3 If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies or procedures please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center at 1 800 392 3673 FORD Away from home If you own a Ford or Mercury vehicle and are away from home when your vehicle needs service or if you need more help than the authorized dealer could provide after following the steps described above contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center to find an authorized dealer to help you In the United States Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P O Box 6248 Dearborn MI 48121 1 800 392 3673 FORD TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 www customersaskford com 314 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Customer Assistance In Canada Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6J 5E4 1 800 565 3673 FORD www ford ca If you own a Lincoln vehicle and are away from home when your vehicle needs service or if you need more help than the authorized dealer could provide after following the steps described above contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center to find an authorized dealer to help you In the United States Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P O Box 6248 Dear
223. ich can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials 326 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Cleaning Do not use cleaning solvents bleach or dye on the vehicle s safety belts as these actions may weaken the belt webbing Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the seat mounted side airbag if equipped Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a collision CLEANING THE CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATS IF EQUIPPED Remove dust and loose dirt with a whisk broom or a vacuum cleaner Remove fresh spots immediately Clean the seat with a damp cloth using a mild soap and water solution if necessary LEATHER SEATS IF EQUIPPED Your leather seating surfaces have a clear protective coating over the leather e To clean use a soft cloth with Motorcraft Deluxe Leather and Vinyl Cleaner ZC 11 A Dry the area with a soft cloth e To help maintain its resiliency and color use the Motorcraft Deluxe Leather Care Kit ZC 11 D available from your authorized dealer e Do not use household cleaning products alcohol solutions solvents or cleaners intended for rubber vinyl and plastics or oil petroleum based leather conditioners These products may cause premature wearing of the clear protective coating Note In some instances color or dye transfer can occur when wet clothing
224. icle being driven for 1 mile 1 6 km Recommended inflation pressure The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door Bead area of the tire Area of the tire next to the rim Sidewall of the tire Area between the bead area and the tread Tread area of the tire Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle Rim The metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated INFLATING YOUR TIRES Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat Every day before you drive check your tires If one looks lower than the others use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required 221 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading At least once a month and before long trips inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge including spare if equipped Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company Use a tire gauge to check the tire inflation pressure including the spare if equipped at least monthly and before long trips You are strongly urg
225. icle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Do not rock the vehicle for more than a few minutes or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the LOCK position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Emergency maneuvers e In an unavoidable emergency situation where a sudden sharp turn must be made remember to avoid over driving your vehicle i e turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid the emergency Excessive steering will result in less vehicle control not more Additionally smooth variations of the accelerator and or brake pedal pressure should be utilized if changes in vehicle speed are called for Avoid abrupt steering acceleration or braking which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and or personal injury Use all available road surface to return the vehicle to a safe direction of travel e In the event of an emergency stop avoid skidding the tires and do not attempt any sharp steering w
226. ide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 17 LOAD To load a disc into the system press LOAD Select a slot ios number using memory presets 1 6 J When the display reads LOAD CD load the desired disc label side up If you do not choose a slot within 5 seconds the system will choose for you Once loaded the first track will begin to play To auto load up to 6 discs press and hold LOAD until the display reads AUTOLOAD Load the desired disc label side up The system will prompt you to load discs for the remaining available slots Insert the discs one at a time label side up when prompted Once loaded the last disc loaded will begin to play Note An MP3 disc with folders will show F001 folder T001 track in the display An MP3 disc without folders will show T001 track in the display Refer to MP3 folder structure later in this chapter for further information 18 amp CD eject To eject a disc from the system press amp Select the correct slot number using memory presets 1 6 When ready the system will eject the disc and the display will read REMOVE CD If the disc is not removed in 15 seconds the system will reload the disc To auto eject up to 6 CDs press and hold amp until the system begins ejecting all loaded discs If the discs are not removed the system will reload the discs 19 CD slot Insert a CD MP3 label aS eo oi_ _ side up 37 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide
227. ight Solid Warning Light Tire s 1 Check your tire pressure to under inflated ensure tires are properly inflated refer to Inflating your tires in this chapter 2 After inflating your tires to the manufacturer s recommended inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label located on the edge of driver s door or the B Pillar the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph 82 km h before the light will turn OFF Spare tire in use Your temporary spare tire is in use Repair the damaged road wheel tire and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system functionality For a description on how the system functions refer to When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section TPMS If your tires are properly malfunction inflated and your spare tire is not in use and the light remains ON have the system inspected by your authorized dealer 236 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Low Tire Pressure Possible cause Customer Action Required Warning Light Flashing Warning Spare tire in use Your temporary spare tire is in Light use Repair the damaged road wheel and re mount it on the vehicle to restore system functionality For a description of how the system functions under these conditions refer to When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section TPMS If your tires are properly malfunction inflated and your spare
228. indow switches radio and moon roof if equipped may be used for up to ten minutes after the ignition is turned off or until either front door is opened L A V Turer In radio mode press to manually go up A or down Vv the radio frequency Press and hold for a fast advance through radio frequencies In menu mode use to select various settings In CATEGORY mode if equipped press to scroll through the list of available SIRIUS channel categories Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 2 MUTE Press to mute the gg playing media Press again to return to the playing media 25 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 3 MENU Press repeatedly to access the following settings CATEGORY satellite radio if equipped When satellite radio mode is active press MENU until the currently active category appears in the display CATEGORY MODE In CATEGORY MODE press W to scroll through the list of available SIRIUS channel Categories Pop Rock News etc Once your desired category appears in the display press lt q SEEK gt to search for the next available channel playing that category of music or press and hold SCAN to hear a brief sampling of the Satellite Radio channels in the selected category Set category to CATEGORY ALL to seek
229. ing carbon monoxide to enter the vehicle i Do not grab or pull the liftgate handle from the bottom Doing so may cause wrist or arm injury A Make sure the liftgate is closed to prevent exhaust fumes from being drawn into the vehicle If you must drive with the liftgate open keep the vents open so outside air comes into the vehicle CARGO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The cargo management system consists of a storage compartment located in the floor of the rear cargo area 1 To open lift up on the handle and cover 2 To close lower the cover and press down on the handle until the latch clicks 142 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Cargo shelf divider if equipped The cargo shelf divider is located behind the rear seat of your vehicle The shelf has two positions Flat shelf which pivots up and snaps into place OR a divider which pivots up and snaps vertically into place Do not put more than 30 Ibs 14 kg on the shelf To move the shelf to the shelf position pull up and pivot the shelf over the channels on the side trim panels and snap the shelf ends in the channels To move the shelf to the divider position pull up and pivot the shelf over the channels on the side trim panels and snap vertically in place A Do not load any objects on the shelf that may obstruct your vision or strike occupants of the vehicle in the case of a sudden s
230. ing underbody components The differences that make your vehicle so versatile also make it handle differently than an ordinary passenger car Maintain steering wheel control at all times especially in rough terrain Since sudden changes in terrain can result in abrupt steering wheel motion make sure you grip the steering wheel from the outside Do not grip the spokes Drive cautiously to avoid vehicle damage from concealed objects such as rocks and stumps You should either know the terrain or examine maps of the area before driving Map out your route before driving in the area To maintain 277 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving steering and braking control of your vehicle you must have all four wheels on the ground and they must be rolling not sliding or spinning Basic operating principles e Do not use 4H 4x4 or 4L 4x4 LOW on dry hard surfaced roads This may damage the driveline and axles Drive slower in strong crosswinds which can affect the normal steering characteristics of your vehicle e Be extremely careful when driving on pavement made slippery by loose sand water gravel snow or ice If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement e If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement slow down but avoid severe brake application Ease the vehicle back onto the pavement only after reducing your speed Do not turn the steering wheel too sharply while returning to the r
231. injuring people in a collision or sudden stop A Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips A Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision The control is located on the outboard side of the seat cushion Move the switch in the direction of the arrows to raise or lower the 4 front portion of the seat cushion mn 164 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Move the switch in the direction of the arrows to raise or lower the rear portion of the seat cushion Press the switch in the direction of the arrows to move the seat forward backward up or down Press the control to recline the seatback forward or rearward a N Note On vehicles with memory seats to prevent damage to the seat the power seats are designed to set a stopping position just short of the end of the seat track If the seat encounters an object while moving forward or backward a new stopping position will be set To reset the seat to its normal stopping position e After encountering the new stopping position press the power seat control again to override Continue pressing the control until it reaches the end of the seat track Continue pressing the control for approximately 2 seconds You will feel t
232. ion exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Location Rating Description Powertrain Control Module PCM Keep alive power Canister vent pe Notused S pa Notused S Trailer tow connector relay park Trailer tow connector relay One touch Start diode 294 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Location Rating Description lamp Se a S O PC Notused S O 30A Rur Start passenger compartment fuse panel PCM sensors EFC A C clutch coil Fuel coil ISP R PCM ignition coils 6 6 6 6 PT 5A Transmission ignition 74 20A PCM sensors HEGO CMS MAFS EVMV CMCV Speed deactivation switch VCT OP U mama S AWE solenoid O e PCM VPWR o 7m l0a ABS logic Heated PCV Mini Fuses Cartridge Fuses CHANGING THE TIRES If you get a flat tire while driving do not apply the brake heavily Instead gradually decrease your speed Hold the steering wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road 3 4 5 7 70 71 72 73 75 76 77 Your vehicle may be equipped with a conventional spare tire that is different in one or more of the following type brand size speed rating and tread design If this is the case this dissimilar spare tire is still rated for your vehicle loads GAWR and GVWR This temporary spare tire is not equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensor 29
233. ire manufacturers maximum permissible pressure and or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label The tire suppliers may have additional markings notes or warnings such as standard load radial tubeless etc 231 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Additional information contained on the tire sidewall for LT type tires LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below 1 LT Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that is intended for service on light trucks 2 Load Range Load Inflation Limits Indicates the tire s load carrying capabilities and its inflation limits 3 Maximum Load Dual 1b kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual defined as four tires on the rear axle a total of six or more tires on the vehicle 4 Maximum Load Single lb kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is
234. ire Pressure Monitoring System complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The Tire Pressure Monitoring System is NOT a substitute for manually checking tire pressure The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using a tire gauge see Inflating your tires in this chapter Failure to properly maintain your tire pressure could increase the risk of tire failure loss of control vehicle rollover and personal injury 234 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Changing tires with TPMS Each road tire is equipped with a tire pressure sensor fastened to the inside rim of the wheel The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed The pressure sensor is located opposite 180 degrees from the valve stem Care must be taken when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor It is recommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using an accurate tire gauge refer to Inflating your tires in this chapter Understanding your Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The Tire
235. ire is properly stowed 5 Disassemble the jack tool and winch extension and snap them back into the tool tray Reinstall the jack bag properly around the jack and tool assembly tray making sure the strap is securely fastened Close the access hole with the rubber plug Reinstall the tray into the vehicle and secure it with the wing nut turn clockwise until tight 304 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies WHEEL LUG NUT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles 160 km after any wheel disturbance tire rotation changing a flat tire wheel removal etc Bolt size Wheel lug nut torque M14 x 2 0 Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners When a wheel is installed always remove any corrosion dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel Ensure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel Installing wheels without correct metal to metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while the vehicle is in motion resulting in loss of control JUMP STARTING The gases around the battery can explode if expose
236. ive system Vehicles equipped with the Control Trac four wheel drive system cannot be towed with any wheels on the ground See your authorized dealer if you must flat tow a vehicle equipped with the Control Trac four wheel drive system 252 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving STARTING Positions of the ignition 1 OFF LOCK locks the steering wheel automatic transmission gearshift lever and allows key removal 2 ACCESSORY allows the electrical accessories such as the radio to operate while the engine is not running 3 ON all electrical circuits operational Warning lights illuminated Key position when driving 4 START cranks the engine Release the key once the engine starts Preparing to start your vehicle Engine starting is controlled by the powertrain control system This system meets all Canadian Interference Causing Equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise When starting a fuel injected engine avoid pressing the accelerator before or during starting Only use the accelerator when you have difficulty starting the engine For more information on starting the vehicle refer to Starting the engine in this chapter Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system creating the risk of fire or other damage Do not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or
237. k for Channel A is located on the left side of the FES and is labeled A A Headphones plugged into this headphone jack will hear audio from the audio source selected to be the 59 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems Channel A source The wired headphone jack for Channel B is located on the right side of the FES and is labeled B Headphones plugged into this headphone jack will hear audio from the audio source selected to be the Channel B source Adjust the headphone volume using the volume control on the DVD system VOLUME Operation Single play Dual play Your DVD and audio system work together with the infrared headphones and wired headphones not included to enable the front and rear seat passengers to listen to a variety of sources a variety of ways Single Play Single play consists of all occupants in the vehicle listening to the same playing media over the front and rear speakers When the DVD system is on and the same source is playing through the front and rear speakers SINGLE PLAY will appear in the front radio display Dual Play Dual play is when the rear seat passengers choose to listen to a different playing media than the front seat passengers With the DVD and Rear Seat Controls turned ON the rear seat passengers may choose to listen to the radio CD MP3 DVD or DVD AUX media sources over headphones while the front speakers play the chosen selection for the fro
238. ke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle e Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel e Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle this is against the law in some places e Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build up when filling an ungrounded fuel container e Place approved fuel container on the ground e DO NOT fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle including the cargo area e Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling e DO NOT use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position Fuel Filler Cap Your fuel tank filler cap has an indexed design with a 1 4 turn on off feature When fueling your vehicle 1 Turn the engine off 2 Carefully turn the filler cap counterclockwise 1 4 turn until it stops 3 Pull to remove the cap from the fuel filler pipe 4 To install the cap align the tabs on the cap with the notches on the filler pipe 5 Turn the filler cap clockwise 1 4 of a turn until at least a few clicks are heard If the symbol comes on and stays on after you start the engine the fuel filler cap may not be properly installed Turn off the engine remove 347 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications the fuel filler ca
239. ke sure you allow sufficient distance between you and other vehicles for stopping Drive slower than usual and consider using one of the lower gears In emergency stopping situations apply the brake forcefully and steadily Do not pump the brakes Refer to the Brakes section of this chapter for additional information on the operation of the anti lock brake system Maintenance and Modifications The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle have been designed and tested to provide predictable performance whether loaded or empty and durable load carrying capability For this reason Ford Motor Company strongly recommends that you do not make modifications such as adding or removing parts such as lift kits or stabilizer bars or by using replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment Any modifications to a vehicle that raise the center of gravity can make it more likely the vehicle will roll over as a result of a loss of control Ford Motor Company recommends that caution be used with any vehicle equipped with a high load or device such as ladder racks or pickup box cover Failure to maintain your vehicle properly may void the warranty increase your repair cost reduce vehicle performance and operational capabilities and adversely affect driver and passenger safety Frequent inspection of vehicle chassis components is recommended if the vehicle is subjected to heavy off road usage 283 2007 Expedition exd
240. kilometers traveled Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving city or highway This will provide an accurate estimate of the vehicle s fuel economy under current driving conditions Additionally keeping records during summer and winter will show how temperature impacts fuel economy In general lower temperatures give lower fuel economy Driving style good driving and fuel economy habits Give consideration to the lists that follow and you may be able to change a number of variables and improve your fuel economy 351 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Habits e Smooth moderate operation can yield up to 10 savings in fuel e Steady speeds without stopping will usually give the best fuel economy e Idling for long periods of time greater than one minute may waste fuel e Anticipate stopping slowing down may eliminate the need to stop e Sudden or hard accelerations may reduce fuel economy e Slow down gradually e Driving at reasonable speeds traveling at 55 mph 88 km h uses 15 less fuel than traveling at 65 mph 105 km h e Revving the engine before turning it off may reduce fuel economy e Using the air conditioner or defroster may reduce fuel economy e You may want to turn off the speed control in hilly terrain if unnecessary shifting between the top gears occurs Unnecessary shifting of this type could result in reduced
241. l Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others 11 Maximum Load Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Refer to the Safety Compliance Certification Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle 230 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 12 Treadwear Traction and Temperature Grades e Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 114 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 e Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance e Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel 13 Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure Indicates the t
242. le 305 K Keyless entry system 156 AULOLOCK ssicedsccisseaesseivectevidesseivs 145 KEYVDA ssisess eisccisssavscesssenieiieetesss 156 locking and unlocking LOOT fate Yes anGe EE 157 programming entry code 156 KEYS saree en 157 159 positions of the ignition 253 L Lamps autolamp system ccceeeees 83 bulb replacement specifications chart 88 daytime running light 0 84 fog LAMPS siseste 83 headlamps ccccccecccecsseeeeeseees 83 headlamps flash to pass 84 instrument panel dimming 85 interior lamps 0c 87 89 replacing bulbs 89 92 Lane change indicator see Turn signal 86 Liftgate ww 138 142 149 150 374 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights warning and indicator 12 anti lock brakes ABS 258 Limited slip axle 0 266 Load MWS esgor 238 Loading instructions 244 Locks AULOLOCK czideciecisescdessatdergenstacddis 145 ChIGDLOOF seisine tesiarekin 147 COOLS menusta 145 Lubricant specifications 362 LUS NUTS reton agence 305 Lumbar support seats 163 164 M Message center n s 115 125 english metric button 121 132 system check button 120 132 warning messages 122 133 MULTOPS oo eee ccetceeeesseeeeesteeeeees 103 automatic dimming rearview TUITION ies gaceseceevks secpenecectedeie
243. license nor imply any right to use this product in any commercial i e revenue generating real time broadcasting terrestrial satellite cable and or any other media broadcasting streaming via internet intranets and or other networks or in other electronic content distribution systems such as pay audio or audio on demand applications An independent license for such use is required For details please visit http www mp3licensing com Safety information Read all of the safety and operating instructions before operating the system and retain for future reference Do not attempt to service repair or modify the Family Entertainment System FES See your dealer Do not insert foreign objects into the DVD compartment 70 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle and do not let children operate the system while unsupervised If wired headphones or auxiliary systems are used children may become entangled in the cords and seriously injure themselves The front glass on the liquid crystal display LCD flip down screen may break when hit with a hard surface If the glass breaks do not touch the liquid crystalline material In case of contact with skin wash immediately with soap and water The driver should not attempt to operate any function of the DVD system while the vehicle is in motion Give full attention to driving and to the
244. lly loaded bolts sone Sie errr aren vehicle including all options XXKKKG WITH XXXXKG WITH equipment passengers and cargo XK Fis OOOK RIS The GVWR is shown on the AT XXX KPaIXX PSLCOLD AT XXX KPaIXX PSI COLD Safety Compliance Certification THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR Label located on the B Pillar or ECT On TIE DATE or MANUFACTURE SHOIMABDVE the edge of the driver s door VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX The GVW must never exceed the De ior GVWR AEE TTT EXT PNT XX RC XX DSO WB BRK INTTR TP PS R TAXLE TR SPR XXXXX XXX X XX X XX XXX XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX XXXX XXXXXXX XX Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle loss of control and personal injury 241 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading GCW Gross Combined Weight is the weight of the loaded vehicle GVW plus the weight of the fully loaded trailer GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer including all cargo and passengers that the vehicle can handle without risking damage Important The towing vehicle s braking system is rated for operation at GVWR not at GCWR Separate functional brake
245. ly loaded vehicle Over loading or loading the vehicle improperly can deteriorate handling capability and contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION OPERATION Brake shift interlock column shift transmission This vehicle is equipped with a park brake shift interlock feature that prevents the gearshift lever from being moved from P Park when the ignition is in the ON position unless brake pedal is depressed 266 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving If you cannot move the gearshift lever out of P Park with ignition in the ON position and the brake pedal depressed or when the ignition is in the OFF position it is possible that a fuse has blown or the vehicle s brakelamps are not operating properly Refer to Fuses and relays in the Roadside Emergencies chapter If the fuse is not blown perform the following procedure 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Turn the key to the OFF position 3 Remove the access plug on top of the steering column 4 Using a flat head screwdriver or similar tool move the brake shift interlock actuator spindle toward the left apply the brake and shift the transmission into N Neutral 5 Start the vehicle 6 Reinstall the access plug Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brakelamps are working Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition
246. ment Systems DVD player controls ee d ies Hs la 1 Headphone control A B Press to select either the A or B headphone source Then press MEDIA to select the desired playing media for that headset When a headphone channel has been selected A or B selections will affect the source on that channel only Note Headphone A can access any possible media AM FM1 FM2 SAT Gf equipped CD CASSETTE DVD DVD AUX Headphone B can only access DVD and DVD AUX For further information refer to Single play Dual play later in this section 2 BE A Stop Eject Press once Ga to stop and press a second time to eject a disc from the DVD system 3 dd Reverse Press and release for the previous chapter or track Press and hold to reverse search a DVD Video CD or FES CD in DVD CD mode 52 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 4 P Fast forward Press and release for the next chapter or track Press and hold to forward search a DVD Video CD or FES CD in DVD CD mode 5 B gt 11_ Play Pause Press a Play to select DVD mode and to turn the DVD system on if it is off If a disc is present it will resume or begin to play Press Pause while playing a disc to pause a DVD or CD 6 On Off Press to turn the DVD system On Off 7 VIDEO Press repeatedly to cycle through the following vid
247. meter Distance to Empty Average Fuel Economy Instantaneous Fuel Economy e Trip Elapsed Drive Time e Blank Screen Odometer Trip odometer Refer to Gauges in the Instrument Cluster chapter 125 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Outside air temperature if equipped Press and hold the INFO button for 2 seconds to display the outside temperature To switch from a blank 6 display to the temperature display J3 F 000000 0 mi hold the INFO button for 2 seconds until the temperature is seen in the display To switch the temperature display to compass display hold the INFO button again for 2 seconds until the compass heading is seen in the display Compass display if equipped The compass reading may be affected when you drive near large buildings bridges power lines and powerful broadcast antenna Magnetic or metallic objects placed in on or near the vehicle may also affect compass accuracy Usually when something affects the compass readings the compass will correct itself after a few days of operating your vehicle in normal conditions If the compass still appears to be inaccurate a manual calibration may be necessary Refer to Compass zone calibration adjustment Most geographic areas zones have a magnetic north compass point that varies slightly from the northerly direction on maps This variation is four degrees between adjacent zones and will become noticeable a
248. mperature 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute 5 Turn the A C on and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute 6 With your foot on the brake pedal and with the A C on put the vehicle in D Drive and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute 7 Drive the vehicle to complete the relearning process e The vehicle may need to be driven 10 miles 16 km or more to relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy 338 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications e If you do not allow the engine to relearn its idle trim the idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely affected until the idle trim is eventually relearned If the battery has been disconnected or a new battery has been installed the clock and the preset radio stations must be reset once the battery is reconnected e Always dispose of automotive batteries in a responsible manner s S Follow your local authorized Y G standards for disposal Call your t local authorized recycling center to find out more about recycling automotive batteries RECYCLE ENGINE COOLANT Checking engine coolant The concentration and level of engine coolant should be checked at the intervals listed in scheduled maintenance information The coolant concentration should be maintained at 50 50 coolant and distilled water which equates to a freeze point of 34 F 36 C Coolant concentration testing is possibl
249. mt USA fus Driver Controls Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the interior rear view mirror since this may impair proper mirror performance Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products EXTERIOR MIRRORS Power side view mirrors i The ignition can be in any position to adjust the power side view mirrors To adjust your mirrors 1 Rotate the control clockwise to adjust the right mirror and rotate I Na the control counterclockwise to adjust the left mirror 2 Move the control in the direction you wish to tilt the mirror 3 Return to the center position to lock mirrors in place Powerfold mirrors if equipped Rotate the 4 way adjustment switch to the center position Press the switch down to auto fold in and down again to auto fold back to design position Powerfold the side mirrors in carefully when driving through a narrow space like an automatic car wash The mirrors may be moved inward outward manually however if a mirror is moved manually it will need to be reset To reset with the switch in the center position press the switch down to fold the mirrors in and wait a short period 8 seconds An audible click will be heard indicating re synchronization If the click is not heard use the switch to fold the mirrors out then in until the click is heard After that the mirrors will operate to their normal
250. n playing media sources AM FM1 FM2 SAT if equipped CD CASSETTE DVD DVD AUX The media will show in the status display on the top of the screen when in Dual Play mode When in Single Play mode the media source will be displayed on the radio Note Channel A can access any possible media source AM FM1 FM2 SAT Gf equipped CD CASSETTE DVD DVD AUX Channel B can only access DVD and DVD AUX sources 13 RETURN Press to return to the playing media or to resume eem playback 14 MENU When playing a DVD ew press MENU once to enter the DVD disc menu if available and press twice to enter the system set up menu From the set up menu you may select from Angle Aspect Ratio Language Subtitles Disc resume Compression Restore Defaults and Back For more detailed information refer to Menu mode 15 ENTER Press to select confirm the current selection Use the cursor controls to make various selections when in any menu When not in a menu and in DVD mode press lt gt to adjust the brightness A display bar will appear at the bottom of the screen indicating the brightness levels Bod 16 Cursor Brightness controls 54 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems Remote control Unless otherwise stated all operations can be carried out with the remote control Always point the remote control directly at the player Ensure that there are n
251. n reverse Refer to the Driving chapter for more information 17 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Instrument Cluster GAUGES Speedometer Indicates the current vehicle speed Engine coolant temperature gauge Indicates engine coolant temperature At normal operating A T temperature the needle will be in the normal range between H and C If it enters the red section the engine is overheating Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible switch off the engine and let the engine cool Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot 18 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Instrument Cluster Odometer Registers the total miles kilometers of the vehicle e With Standard Message Center e With Optional Message Center Refer to Message Center in the Driver Controls chapter on how to NI switch the display from Metric to Nu 888888 mi English Trip odometer Registers the miles kilometers of individual journeys e With Standard Message Center Press the RESET stem once to TRIP 00 m switch from the odometer to the 73 F Nu trip odometer Press the stem again to select Trip A and Trip B features To reset the trip press and hold the stem again until the trip reading is 0 0 miles e With Optional Message Center Press and release the message TRIP XXX X mi center INFO but
252. n to prevent interference when the conversation mirror is extended down 97 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Power quarter rear windows if equipped Press the portion of the e control to open the power rear we x quarter windows Press the left portion of the control to close the power rear quarter l p windows Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle and do not let children play with the power rear quarter windows They may seriously injure themselves When closing the power rear quarter windows you should verify that it is free of obstructions and ensure that children and or pets are not in the proximity of the window opening CENTER CONSOLE IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with a variety of console features These include 1 Cupholders 2 Utility compartment Coin holder slots Tissue box holder 3 Power point and Rear audio controls if equipped 4 Rear Cupholders Use only soft cups in the cupholder Hard objects can injure you in a collision 98 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls AUXILIARY POWER POINT 12VDC Power outlets are designed for accessory plugs only Do not insert any other object in the power outlet as this will damage the outlet and blow the fuse Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug Improper use of t
253. n both engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables 308 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Removing the jumper cables Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected 1 Remove the jumper cable from the jump starting stud Note In the illustrations lightning bolts are used to designate the assisting boosting battery 309 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies 2 Remove the jumper cable on the negative connection of the booster vehicle s battery 3 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 310 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies 4 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the disabled vehicle s battery After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables removed allow it to idle for several minutes so the engine computer can relearn its idle conditions 311 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies WRECKER TOWING If you need to have your vehicle towed contact a professional towing service or if you are a member of a roadside assistance program your roadside assistance service pr
254. n if reset and warning is cleared and set again within the same ignition cycle Will return on ignition cycle Door ajar equipped equipped equipped Air suspension OFF if equipped Low tire pressure if equipped 133 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Warning can be reset Will NOT return if reset and warning is cleared and set again within the same ignition cycle Will return on ignition cycle equipped Check brake system Warning can be reset Will return after oo 10 minutes If within the 10 minutes the condition is cleared and set again XXX miles km to empty fuel it will not return until the initial level low 10 minutes is up Will return on ignition cycle Park brake engaged Warning can be reset Will return after 10 minutes If within the 10 minutes the condition is cleared and set again it will return immediately Will return on ignition cycle the display for 4 seconds Park aid lt ON gt OFF if This cannot be reset Pressing reset equipped will change the option from ON to OFF It appears on the display when the vehicle is in reverse and will not go away until the vehicle is no longer in reverse 134 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Warning display equipped equipped equipped equipped equipped To exit 4x4 shift to N Cf equipped DRIVER DOOR AJAR Displayed when the d
255. n remote e 5 button remote If any of the doors or liftgate are ajar the horn will make two quick chirps reminding you to properly close all doors Opening the liftgate window Press the control to unlatch the liftgate window e 4 button remote 149 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security e 5 button remote Opening the power liftgate if equipped Press the control twice to fully unlatch and open the liftgate Make sure all persons are clear of the liftgate area before using power liftgate control In order to fully lower and latch the liftgate press the control twice If the liftgate stops mid travel it may have detected an obstacle Check to ensure the liftgate swing zone is free from obstruction and reset the power assist by manually closing the liftgate Normal operation can then be resumed Make sure the liftgate is closed to prevent exhaust fumes from being drawn into the vehicle This will also prevent passengers and cargo from falling out If you must drive with the liftgate open keep the vents open so outside air comes into the vehicle Sounding a panic alarm a Press this control to activate the alarm The personal panic alarm will cycle the horn and parking lamps on off 150 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security e 4 button remote e 5 button remote To deactivate the alarm press the control
256. n switch to the RUN or ON position DO NOT START THE ENGINE 2 Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off Approximately 1 minute e Step 3 must be completed within 50 seconds after the safety belt warning light turns off 3 At a moderate speed buckle then unbuckle the safety belt 9 times ending in the unbuckled state Step 3 must be completed within 50 seconds after the safety belt warning light turns off e After Step 3 the safety belt warning light will be turned on for three seconds 191 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 4 Within approximately 7 seconds of the light turning off buckle then unbuckle the safety belt e This will disable the Belt Minder feature for that seating position if it is currently enabled As confirmation the safety belt warning light will flash 4 times per second for 3 seconds e This will enable the Belt Minder feature for that seating position if it is currently disabled As confirmation the safety belt warning light will flash 4 times per second for 3 seconds followed by 3 seconds with the light off then followed by the safety belt warning light flashing 4 times per second for 3 seconds again AIRBAG SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS p Q N A UW p A Important SRS precautions
257. nal injury continues to flash a malfunction has been detected have the system serviced immediately by your authorized dealer Normal braking is still functional unless the brake warning light also is illuminated Anti lock brake system If the ABS light stays illuminated or ABS 13 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Instrument Cluster Airbag readiness If this light fails to illuminate when ignition is turned to ON continues to flash or remains on have the system serviced ry immediately by your authorized dealer A chime will also sound when a malfunction in the supplemental restraint system has been detected Safety belt Reminds you to fasten your safety belt A Belt Minder chime will also sound to remind you to fasten your safety belt Refer to the Seating and safety restraints chapter to activate deactivate the Belt Minder chime feature Charging system RTT Displays when the battery is not charging properly Security Anti theft system Flashes when the SecuriLock Passive Anti theft System has been activated Engine oil pressure RTT Displays when the oil pressure falls below the normal range Refer to Engine oil in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Engine coolant temperature RTT Displays when the engine coolant temperature is high Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible switch off the engine and let it cool Refer to Engine
258. nce during e Certain road conditions e Steering maneuvers e Braking e Acceleration This system keeps the rear of your vehicle at a constant level by automatically adding air or releasing air from the springs If you exceed the load limit the rear air suspension may not operate The air suspension system will stay active for 40 minutes after the ignition is turned off to accommodate any load changes The air compressor may run when the vehicle is off this is normal The air suspension system can be enabled or disabled through the message center Refer to Message center in the Driver Controls chapter If the system is off the rear air suspension will not operate and will not raise pump or lower vent while the vehicle is not moving However if the system determines that the vehicle is low or high and needs to make a height adjustment while driving at speeds above 15 mph 24 km h the system will pump or vent as required Normal vehicle operation does not require any action by the driver On vehicles equipped with air suspension turn the air suspension and the ignition switch off prior to jacking hoisting or towing your vehicle 265 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving LIMITED SLIP AXLE IF EQUIPPED This axle provides added traction on slippery surfaces particularly when one wheel is on a poor traction surface Under normal conditions the limited slip axle functions like a standard rea
259. nd pull the turn signal lens down to remove it from the mirror assembly 3 Disconnect the bulb assembly from the lens 4 Remove and replace the bulb 5 Align the turn signal lens clip with the slot in the mirror assembly and carefully press the lens in 93 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights Approach lamp bulb removal if equipped To change the bulbs 1 Make sure that all the doors are closed and the interior lights have automatically turned off or the opposite mirror approach lamp has turned off 2 2 With a small flat tipped U X screwdriver insert the tip into the approach light module slot located on the outboard corner of the lens to release the clip 3 While holding the clip in the release position pull the approach light module down 4 Remove the two wires from the module and replace the module with a new one 5 Reverse the order to reassemble the approach light module 94 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls MULTI FUNCTION LEVER Windshield wiper Rotate the end of the control away from you to increase the speed of the wipers rotate towards you to decrease the speed of the wipers Speed dependent wipers When the wiper control is on the speed of the wipers will automatically adjust with the vehicle speed The faster your vehicle is travelling the faster the wipers will go Windshield washer Pu
260. ne 5 Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp then use a Phillips 2 screwdriver to turn the adjuster either counterclockwise to adjust Pe xe LI down or clockwise to adjust up aligning the upper edge of the light pattern up to the horizontal line 6 HORIZONTAL AIM IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS VEHICLE E AND IS NON ADJUSTABLE 7 Repeat Steps 3 5 for the other headlamp 8 Close the hood and turn off the lamps TURN SIGNAL CONTROL amp p gt e Push down to activate the left turn signal e Push up to activate the right turn signal 86 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights INTERIOR LAMPS Front row map lamps if equipped To turn on the map lamps press the outer edge of the clear lens The front row map lamp lights when 3 REARWNOOW BE e any door is opened e the instrument panel dimmer switch is rotated until the courtesy lamps come on the remote entry controls are pressed and the ignition is OFF Front row map dome lamp if equipped The dome lamp lights when e any door is opened e the instrument panel dimmer switch is rotated up until the courtesy lamps come on and e any of the remote entry controls are pressed and the ignition is OFF The map lamps are activated by pressing the controls on either side of the lens Second row map lamps if equipped T
261. ners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security Programming remote transmitters It is necessary to have all maximum of six original and or new of your remote transmitters available prior to beginning this procedure If all remote entry transmitters are not present during the programming procedure the transmitters that are not present during programming will no longer operate the vehicle Note Do not press the brake pedal anytime during this sequencing as doing so will invalidate the procedure To program the transmitters yourself e Unlock all doors using the power door lock unlock control Insert a key in the ignition and turn from the 1 OFF LOCK to the 3 ON position and cycle between 1 OFF LOCK and 3 ON eight times in rapid succession within 10 seconds with the eighth turn ending in the 3 ON position The locks will cycle between esi and locked to confirm that the programming mode has been entered Within 20 seconds program a remote transmitter by pressing any button on a transmitter The locks will cycle once to confirm that the remote transmitter has been programmed If more than 20 seconds pass before pressing a remote transmitter button the programming mode will exit and the procedure will have to be repeated Repeat the previous step to program additional remote transmitters The locks will cycle once to confirm that each remote transmitter has been programmed e When you have completed pro
262. nger cannot protect the child from injury in a collision Always follow the instructions and warnings that come with any infant or child restraint you might use Children and safety belts If the child is the proper size restrain the child in a safety seat Children who are too large for child safety seats as specified by your child safety seat manufacturer should always wear safety belts Follow all the important safety restraint and airbag precautions that apply to adult passengers in your vehicle If the shoulder belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt can be positioned so it does not cross or rest in front of the child s face or neck the child should wear the lap and shoulder belt Moving the child closer to the center of the vehicle may help provide a good shoulder belt fit Do not leave children unreliable adults or pets unattended in your vehicle Child booster seats Children outgrow a typical convertible or toddler seat when they weigh 40 lb 18 kg and are around 4 years of age Although the lap shoulder belt will provide some protection these children are still too small for lap shoulder belts to fit properly which could increase the risk of serious injury in a crash 202 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints To improve the fit of both the lap and shoulder belt on children who have outgrown child safety seats Ford Motor Company recommends use
263. nother example for your vehicle with 1400 lb 635 kg of cargo and luggage capacity You decide to go golfing Is there enough load capacity to carry you 4 of your friends and all the golf bags You and four friends average 220 lb 99 kg each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 lb 13 5 kg each The calculation would be 1400 5 x 220 5 x 30 1400 1100 150 150 lb Yes you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 5 x 99 kg 5 x 13 5 kg 635 495 67 5 72 5 kg e A final example for your vehicle with 1400 lb 635 kg of cargo and luggage capacity You and one of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past 2 years Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down you have room for 12 100 Ib 45 kg bags of cement Do you have enough load capacity to 243 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading transport the cement to your home If you and your friend each weigh 220 Ib 99 kg the calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 12 x 100 1400 440 1200 240 lb No you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 12 x 45 kg 635 198 540 103 kg You will need to redu
264. nsfer case maintenance can be found in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter You should become thoroughly familiar with this information before you operate your vehicle Normal characteristics On some four wheel drive models the initial shift from two wheel drive to four wheel drive while the vehicle is moving can cause some momentary clunk and ratcheting sounds This is the front drivetrain coming up to speed and engaging the front wheels and is not cause for concern Sand When driving over sand try to keep all four wheels on the most solid area of the trail Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift to a lower gear and drive steadily through the terrain Apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning the wheels Note If air is released from your tires the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS indicator light may illuminate Avoid excessive speed because vehicle momentum can work against you and cause the vehicle to become stuck to the point that assistance may be required from another vehicle Remember you may be able to back out the way you came if you proceed with caution If your vehicle is equipped with AdvanceTrac with RSC press the AdvanceTrac with RSC button refer to AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control RSC Stability Enhancement System in this chapter while driving in deep sand if you experience excessive engine power reduction 280 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus
265. nsors located in this area 263 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving Aggressive driving in any road conditions can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of severe personal injury or property damage The occurrence of a AdvanceTrac with RSC event is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road this may lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If you experience a severe road event SLOW DOWN If a failure is detected in the AdvanceTrac with RSC system the sliding car icon illuminates solid in the instrument cluster message center and will stay on If the sliding car icon in the instrument cluster message center remains on solid while the engine is running without the AdvanceTrac with RSC button having been pushed have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately STEERING Your vehicle is equipped with power steering Power steering uses energy from the engine to decrease the driver s effort in steering the vehicle To help prevent damage to the power steering pump e Never hold the steering wheel to the extreme right or the extreme left for more than a few seconds when the engine is running e Do not operate the vehicle with the power steering pump fluid level below the MIN mark on the reservoir e Some noise is normal during operation If
266. nt audio system they may listen to another over the headphones DUAL PLAY will appear in the radio display When both the front seat passengers and the rear seat passengers listen to the same audio source SHARED MODE will appear on the radio Note If the front seat passengers are listening to the radio the rear seat passengers can also listen to the radio however they will be limited to listening to the same radio channel Press on the DVD player to an listen to audio over the headphones The headphone control will now be active and a green light next to the A or B headphone control buttons will illuminate The system can output two different audio sources over the headphones These are called Channel A and Channel B Both Channel A and Channel B can be listened to on the wired headphones not included or on the infrared CIR wireless headphones 60 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems Press the Headphone Control button A to change the audio source for Channel A Press MEDIA to change the audio source for Channel A This information will display on the DVD system screen Press the Headphone Control button B to change the audio source for Channel B Press MEDIA to change the audio source for Channel B This information will display on the DVD system screen Channel B can listen to either the DVD media or the DVD system auxiliary inputs DVD AUX
267. nty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used MOTORCRAFT PART NUMBERS 5 4L 3V V8 engine Air filter element FA 1883 Batte BXT 65 650 or ry BXT 65 750 if equipped Fuel filter FG 986B Oil filter FL 820 S PCV valve Spark plugs 1The PCV valve is a critical emission component It is one of the items listed in scheduled maintenance information and is essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system For PCV valve replacement see your authorized dealer Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the PCV valve Replace the PCV valve with one that meets Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle such as a Motorcraft or equivalent replacement part The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the emissions system if such a PCV valve is not used For spark plug replacement see your authorized dealer Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the spark plugs 360 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Replace the spark plugs with ones that meet Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle such as Motorcraft or equivalent replacement parts The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not used MOTORCRAFT PART NUMBERS For spa
268. o ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety belt Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair 1 Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm 2 Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder 3 Never use a single belt for more than one person Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints Safety belts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather they could burn a small child Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them 181 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Combination lap and shoulder belts 1 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle e Front and rear seats 2 To unfasten push the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle e Front and rear sea
269. o connect the trailer s safety chains cross the chains under the trailer tongue and allow slack for turning corners If you use a rental trailer follow the instructions that the rental agency gives to you Do not attach safety chains to the bumper Trailer brakes Electric brakes and manual automatic or surge type trailer brakes are safe if installed properly and adjusted to the manufacturer s specifications The trailer brakes must meet local and Federal regulations Do not connect a trailer s hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle s brake system Your vehicle may not have enough braking power and your chances of having a collision greatly increase The braking system of the tow vehicle is rated for operation at the GVWR not GCWR Trailer lamps Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles Make sure all running lights brake lights turn signals and hazard lights are working See your authorized dealer or trailer rental agency for proper instructions and equipment for hooking up trailer lamps 249 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Driving while you tow When towing a trailer e Keep your speed no faster than 70 mph 112 km h during the first 500 miles 800 km of towing a trailer and don t make full throttle starts Turn off the speed control The speed control may shut off automatically when you are towing on long steep grades Consul
270. o obstructions between the remote and player 1 Power control Press to turn the FES Family Entertainment System ON OFF 2 Cursor controls Use in various active menus to advance the cursor up down left right When not in a Menu the left and right cursor controls decrease and increase the display brightness 3 DISPLAY Press to access the on screen display of the FES functions and adjustments 4 RETURN Press to return to the previous menu screen 5 ANGLE DVD dependent Press to select the angle to view the scene 6 Channel A B Press to select either A or B headphones and then use the MEDIA control to select the desired playing media for the headphones 55 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 7 VOL Volume When in Single Play press to increase A or decrease Vv the volume over all speakers When in Dual Play press to increase A or decrease Vv the volume for the wired headphones Wireless headphone volume is controlled with the rotary dial on the right ear piece 8 Fast Forward Next In DVD mode press and hold for a quick advance within the DVD Press and release to advance to the next chapter In CD MP3 mode press to access the next track 9 Play Pause Press to play or pause a DVD 10 SHUFFLE Press to play all tracks on the current CD MP3 disc in random order 11 STOP Press to stop the current DVD or CD MP3 12 q fy Speaker Head
271. o the direction of webbing while sliding the tongue up the webbing 2 Place the child safety seat in the center seating position 3 Route the tongue and webbing through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions 4 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle for the center seating position until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened to the buckle by pulling on tongue 5 Push down on the child seat with your knee while pulling on the loose end of the lap belt webbing to tighten the belt 6 Before placing the child into the child seat forcibly move the child seat from side to side and forward to make sure that the seat is held securely If the child seat moves excessively repeat Steps 5 through 6 or properly install the child seat in a different position Attaching child safety seats with tether straps Most new forward facing child safety seats include a tether strap which goes over the back of the seat and hooks to an anchoring point Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap Some of the rear seats of your vehicle are equipped with built in tether strap anchors located behind the seats as described below In the third row center seating position the tether anchor is a loop at the bottom of the seatback 210 2007 Expedition exd Own
272. oad surface e It may be safer to stay on the apron or shoulder of the road and slow down gradually before returning to the pavement You may lose control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering wheel too sharply or abruptly e It often may be less risky to strike small objects such as highway reflectors with minor damage to your vehicle rather than attempt a sudden return to the pavement which could cause the vehicle to slide sideways out of control or roll over Remember your safety and the safety of others should be your primary concern Vehicles with a higher center of gravity such as utility and four wheel drive vehicles handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity Utility and four wheel drive vehicles are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions Avoid sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvers in these vehicles Failure to drive cautiously could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If your vehicle gets stuck If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear 278 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving Do not rock the veh
273. old the RESET stem ENGLISH for 2 seconds to select a new language Selectable languages are English Spanish French 3 Press the RESET stem for the next SETUP MENU item or wait for more than 4 seconds to return to the INFO MENU HOLD RESET FOR SETUP MENU will appear Blank display Press the RESET stem once to turn the message center display OFF System warnings System warnings alert you to possible problems or malfunctions in your vehicle s operating systems In the event of a multiple warning situation the message center will cycle the display to show all warnings by displaying each one for 4 seconds The message center will display the last selected feature if there are no more warning messages This allows you to use the full functionality of the message center after you acknowledge the warning by pressing the RESET stem and clearing the warning message Warning messages are divided into four categories e They cannot be cleared until the condition is corrected e They will reappear on the display ten minutes from the reset if the condition has not been corrected e They will not reappear until an ignition OFF ON cycle has been completed They reappear if the condition clears then reoccurs within the same ignition ON OFF cycle This acts as a reminder that these warning conditions still exist within the vehicle 122 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls
274. omething is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation The driver and passenger airbags are designed to inflate in frontal and near frontal collisions not rollover side impact or rear impacts unless the collision causes sufficient longitudinal deceleration 194 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation After airbag deployment it is normal to notice a smoke like powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant This may consist of cornstarch talcum powder to lubricate the bag or sodium compounds e g baking soda that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes but none of the residue is toxic While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries contact with a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions swelling or temporary hearing loss Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures facial and eye injuries or internal injuries particularly to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment Thus it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possi
275. on In CD mode press and release to advance to the next track Press and hold to fast forward within that track 4 Wired headphone jacks 5 lt lt In radio mode press and release to scroll through memory presets Press and hold to seek to the next station In CD mode press and release to advance to the next track Press and hold for a fast reverse within that track 6 Auxiliary audio input jack Use to plug in and play auxiliary audio sources T In CD mode press to access the previous CD 8 In CD mode press to access the next CD 9 A t Press to turn the rear speakers on Single Play mode or off Dual Play mode When the rear seat controls are activated rear seat passengers can use the controls to change the playing media for all passengers Single Play mode In this mode all speakers will play audio from the same media source for all passengers to hear To activate the rear seat radio controls e Press the memory preset controls A 3 and 5 at the same time A WwWULOWOLI headphone icon will illuminate in the radio display indicating the rear seat radio controls are active e Press memory preset controls 3 and 5 a second time to deactivate the rear seat controls The headphone icon A will turn off in the radio display If there is a discrepancy between the rear seat controls and the front audio controls such as both trying to listen to the same playing media the front audio system will receive t
276. on For your safety and to maximize vehicle performance be sure to use the proper equipment while towing Follow these guidelines to ensure safe towing procedure e Stay within your vehicle s load limits If exceeded cargo should be removed from the trailer and or the vehicle until all weights are within specified limits 244 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Thoroughly prepare your vehicle for towing Refer to Preparing to tow in this chapter e Use extra caution when driving while trailer towing Refer to Driving while you tow in this chapter e Service your vehicle more frequently if you tow a trailer Refer to the severe duty schedule in the scheduled maintenance guide e Do not tow a trailer until your vehicle has been driven at least 500 miles 800 km Additionally during the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 70 mph 112 km h and do not make starts at full throttle Refer to the instructions included with towing accessories for the proper installation and adjustment specifications Trailer towing standard equipment Your vehicle is equipped with a integrated trailer hitch and a Class I 4 pin trailer electrical connector The 4 pin connector supplies power to tail lamps stop lamps and turn lamps See the trailer towing chart for the trailer towing weight recommendation Trailer towing optionally equipped trailer tow pa
277. on exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Index improving fuel economy 350 octane rating oe 349 366 quality 4 cccsaxevackhsvecsetaastucisasnstasives 349 running out of fuel a se 350 safety information relating to automotive fuels 345 BUSES eiaeia 288 289 G Gas cap see Fuel cap 347 Gas mileage see Fuel economy essees 350 GAUSS scriere erari 18 H Hazard flashers cccceeeeeeees 286 Headlamps srren 83 AINE as sages evel udanrtanteensaceconen 85 autolamp system c00000 83 bulb specifications 0 88 daytime running lights 84 flashi to PASS scvsciisasssceisessscasendesn 84 High beani v tecscessteeesinteesseazeaseers 84 replacing bulbs siessen 89 turning on and off 0 83 Heating heating and air conditioning SVSUGIN sereine rea EKEN 74 75 Homelink wireless control SVSUCIN ect asivsssesceedecanaSuvsavsevetesscvers 111 HOG eraan S 330 How to get G0ing eee 21 I TEMON ie 253 366 Illuminated visor mirror 96 373 Index Infant seats see Safety seats oo eee 206 Inspection maintenance I M testing eee 355 Instrument panel CLEANING s 5e c2 essa ccenSienesbacesieaeee 325 CMA SC OY ones Zeactied tSehccatebentebsapsecucuncts 12 lighting up panel and IMG OTION srren eien E TEENER 85 J ACK sosaren ne ulaetaraoee 295 POSITIONING oc ssscsccssaricssccsseceeevenns 295 SLOT ASG eseon a 295 Jump starting your vehic
278. on Control Information Decal located on or near the engine This decal identifies engine displacement and gives some tune up specifications Please consult your Warranty Guide for complete emission warranty information On board diagnostics OBD II Your vehicle is equipped with a computer that monitors the engine s emission control system This system is commonly known as the On Board Diagnostics System OBD II The OBD II system protects the environment by ensuring that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards The OBD II system also assists your authorized dealer in properly servicing your vehicle When the Cc indicator illuminates the OBD II system has detected a malfunction Temporary malfunctions may cause the C indicator to illuminate 354 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Examples are 1 The vehicle has run out of fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly 2 Poor fuel quality or water in the fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly 3 The fuel cap may not have been securely tightened See Fuel filler cap in this chapter 4 Driving through deep water the electrical system may be wet These temporary malfunctions can be corrected by filling the fuel tank with good quality fuel properly tightening the fuel cap or letting the electrical system dry out After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions pr
279. on operates in gears two through six e Provides engine braking e Use when driving conditions cause excessive shifting from O D to other gears Examples city traffic hilly terrain heavy loads trailer towing and when engine braking is required e O D OFF lamp is illuminated 0 D OFF To return to O D overdrive mode press the transmission control switch The O D OFF lamp will not be illuminated e O D overdrive is automatically returned each time the key is turned off 3 Third Transmission operates in third gear only Used for improved traction on slippery roads Selecting 3 Third provides engine braking 2 Second Transmission operates in 2nd gear only Use 2 Second to start up on slippery roads or to provide additional engine braking on downgrades 1 First e Transmission operates in 1st gear only 271 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving e Provides maximum engine braking e Allows upshifts by moving gearshift lever e Will not downshift into 1 First at high speeds allows for 1 First when vehicle reaches slower speeds Forced downshifts e Allowed in D Drive only e Depress the accelerator to the floor e Allows transmission to select an appropriate gear If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern
280. one and result in an audio mute Unlike AM FM audible static you will hear an audio mute when there is a satellite radio signal interference Your radio display may display NO SIGNAL to indicate the interference SIRIUS satellite radio service SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a subscription based satellite radio service that broadcasts music sports news and entertainment programming A service fee is required in order to receive SIRIUS service Vehicles that are equipped with a factory installed SIRIUS Satellite Radio system include e Hardware and limited subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle e Online media player providing access to all 65 SIRIUS music channels over the internet U S customers only For information on extended subscription terms contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Note SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN This 12 digit Satellite Serial Number is needed to activate modify or track your satellite radio account You will need this number when communicating with SIRIUS While in Satellite Radio mode you can view this number on the radio display by pressing AUX and Preset 1 control simultaneously
281. ones are ON Press ON OFF again to turn NeRAneD WIRELESS HEADPHONES the headphones off Adjust the headphones to comfortably fit your head using the headband adjustment Select the desired audio source Channel A or B for each set of wireless headphones by using the A B selection switch on the ear piece Adjust the volume control to the desired listening level Ensure that the headphones are turned off when not in use After approximately one minute of not being in use no infrared signal is received the wireless headphones will automatically turn off They will also turn off after two hours of continuous use as a power save feature If this happens simply turn the headphones on again and continue use Wired headphones Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle and do not let children operate the system while unsupervised If wired headphones or auxiliary systems are used children may become entangled in the cords and seriously injure themselves You may purchase wired headphones for your FES Family Entertainment System Plug them into the 3 5 mm headphone jack s located on the left and right sides of the system Channel A is located on the left side and Channel B is located on the right side These headphones will be active when in Dual Play mode To listen to the audio on wired headphones not included connect the wired headphones into the headphone jacks on the sides of the DVD system The wired headphone jac
282. only access DVD and AUX modes They MB cannot access radio sources Audio displays Your DVD system interacts closely with the front audio system Status messages will appear in the radio display showing the DVD status Some possible radio display messages e SINGLE PLAY or DUAL PLAY e DVD LOAD e DVD MENU e DVD STOP Audio interaction You can then also use the front audio controls to advance reverse play and pause a DVD While a DVD is playing you may use the following controls on the front radio e SEEK Press to advance to the previous lt q or next P DVD chapters e gt II Press to play a DVD or to pause the DVD When the radio displays DVD MENU press PLAY on the radio memory preset 6 to play the disc Parental control for the DVD system Your Family Entertainment System FES allows you to have control over the rear seat controls in a few different ways The DVD system is automatically activated when the vehicle ignition is ON which allows the rear seat passengers to use the DVD system There are three levels of control of the FES buttons The states are IVIOWIWY FULL enabled LOCAL or LOCKED disabled To change the level of control press the memory preset controls 3 and 5 simultaneously on the front audio controls The control level will cycle each time the buttons are pressed simultaneously 69 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment
283. onomy When your vehicle is not moving this function shows one or no bars illuminated Instantaneous fuel economy cannot be reset Trip elapsed drive time Select this function from the INFO menu to display a timer TIMER XX XX XX To operate the Trip Elapsed Drive Ni OG00G83 0 ni Time perform the following i 1 Press and release RESET in order to start the timer 2 Press and release RESET to pause the timer 3 Press and hold RESET for 2 seconds in order to reset the timer Setup menu Press this control for the following displays e Reset to English if in another language System Check e Oil Life Units English Metric Autolamp Delay if equipped e Air Suspension if equipped Autolock if equipped Power Liftgate if equipped Easy Entry Exit if equipped Compass Zone if equipped Compass Calibration if equipped e Language 129 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Reset to English if in another language When entering the SETUP MENU and a non English language has HALG RESET FOR been selected HOLD RESET FOR 3 c ENGLISH will be displayed to ENGLISH change back to English Press and hold the RESET control to set the language choice Easy entry exit if equipped This feature automatically moves the drivers seat backwards for easy exit from the vehicle 1 To disable enable the easy entry exit seat feature select this
284. ons and slide the height adjuster up Pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place 185 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Position the safety belt height adjusters so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the seat belt and increase the risk of injury in a collision Second row comfort guide The second row outboard lap shoulder belt is equipped with a belt comfort guide This guide is attached to the quarter trim panel and is used to adjust the comfort of the shoulder belt for smaller occupants in the outboard second row seats To adjust the comfort guide 1 Slip the shoulder belt into the belt guide The portion of the belt between the latch tongue and the D ring not the portion where the belt exits from the quarter trim panel 2 Slide the guide up or down along the webbing so that the belt is centered on the occupant s shoulder 186 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Position the safety belt comfort guide so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a collision Safety belt extension assembly If the safety belt is too
285. ontrol is in the OFF position 2 Open the hood 89 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights 3 At the back of the headlamp remove the two headlamp assembly retainer bolts 4 Slide headlamp assembly forward and off the retaining tab to expose the back of the bulb and electrical connector 5 Disconnect the electrical connector 6 Remove the bulb by turning it counterclockwise and then pulling it straight out Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of children s reach Grasp the bulb only by its plastic base and do not touch the glass The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlamps are operated 7 Insert the glass end of the new bulb into the headlamp assembly When the grooves in the plastic base are aligned turn the new bulb clockwise to install 8 Connect the electrical connector 9 Install the headlamp assembly and secure with two retainer bolts 90 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights Replacing front parking lamp turn sidemarker signal bulbs 1 Make sure that the headlamp control is in the OFF position 2 Open the hood 3 At the back of the headlamp remove the two headlamp assembly retainer bolts 4 Slide headlamp assembly forward and off the retaining tab to expose the back of the headlamp assembly 5 Rotate the bulb socket counterclockwise and remove from the lamp assem
286. ontrol operation Turn the front air flow control 1 to any position except O OFF 2 R e Rear fan speed control Press to enable the auxiliary system or to adjust the rear fan speed from the front control The rear fan speed settings available are 4 3 2 1 and O OFF 3 REAR Press to enable the control located in the rear of the floor console if equipped or to activate the auxiliary A C system per the settings on the front control Press again to turn the auxiliary system off 4 REAR P Rear temperature control Press to enable the auxiliary system and to set the desired rear cabin airflow temperature 75 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Climate Controls with the front control The rear cabin airflow temperature will match the driver airflow temperature setting when only the center rear temperature light lt REAR P is illuminated The rear cabin airflow temperature will be warmer or cooler than the driver airflow temperature setting when more than one rear temperature light lt 4 REAR P is illuminated 5 RGY Rear defroster Press to activate deactivate rear window defroster Refer to Rear window defroster later in this chapter for more information 6 A Recirculated air Press to activate deactivate air recirculation in the vehicle cabin Recirculated air may reduce the amount of time to cool down the interior of the vehicle and may also help reduce undesired odors from reaching t
287. ood idea People who are ejected are 40 times more likely to DIE Safety belts help prevent ejection WE CAN T PICK OUR CRASH Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Do not sit on top of a buckled safety belt or insert a latchplate into the buckle to avoid the Belt Minder chime To do so may adversely affect the performance of the vehicle s air bag system One time disable Any time the safety belt is buckled and then unbuckled during an ignition ON cycle Belt Minder will be disabled for that ignition cycle only Deactivating activating the Belt Minder feature if equipped Read Steps 1 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the deactivation activation programming procedure The driver Belt Minder feature can be deactivated activated by performing the following procedure Before following the procedure make sure that e The parking brake is set e The gearshift is in P Park automatic transmission e The ignition switch is in the OFF position e The driver safety belt is unbuckled While the design allows you to deactivate your Belt Minder this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident We recommend you leave the Belt Minder system activated for yourself and others who may use the vehicle To reduce the risk of injury do not deactivate activate the Belt Minder feature while driving the vehicle 1 Turn the ignitio
288. oor and engage the winch 5 To remove the spare tire turn the handle counterclockwise until the tire is lowered to the ground and the cable is slightly slack 6 Slide the retainer through the center of the spare tire wheel 299 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Tire change procedure To help prevent the vehicle from moving when you change a tire be sure the parking brake is set then block the wheels both front or both rear on the opposite end of the vehicle from the wheel being changed If on a grade block both opposite wheels on the downward side of the hill If the vehicle slips off the jack you or someone else could be seriously injured On vehicles equipped with Air Suspension turn OFF the Air Suspension system prior to jacking hoisting or towing your vehicle Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack and changing the wheel If your vehicle is equipped with air suspension refer to Message center in the Driver Controls chapter for instructions on turning the air suspension system off Refer to the instruction sheet located in the rear floor compartment behind the 3rd row seat with the jack tray tools assembly kit for detailed tire change instructions 1 Park on a level surface activate hazard flashers and set the parking brak
289. or on roads that are winding slippery or unpaved Setting speed control The controls for using your speed control are located on the steering wheel for your convenience cr 1 Press the ON control and release it 2 Accelerate to the desired speed KID 105 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls 3 Press the SET control and release it 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal 5 The indicator light 6 on the instrument cluster will turn on Note e Vehicle speed may vary momentarily when driving up and down a steep hill e If the vehicle speed increases above the set speed on a downhill you may want to apply the brakes to reduce the speed e If the vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph 16 km h below your set speed on an uphill your speed control will disengage Resuming a set speed Press the RES resume control and release it This will automatically return the vehicle to the previously set speed 106 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Increasing speed while using speed control There are two ways to set a higher speed Press and hold the SET control until you get to the desired speed then release the control You can also use the SET control to operate the Tap Up function Press and release this control to increase the vehicle set speed in small amounts by 1 mph 1 6 km h
290. or scan through all available SIRIUS satellite radio channels Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability Setting the clock Press MENU until SELECT HOUR or SELECT MINS is displayed Use A IV to adjust hours minutes AUTOSET In radio mode press MENU until the display reads AUTOSET Autoset allows you to set the strongest local radio stations without losing your original manually set preset stations for AM FM1 FM2 Use W lt SEEK SEEK to turn on off When the six strongest stations are filled the station stored in preset 1 will begin playing If there are less than six strong stations the system will store the last one in the remaining presets BASS Press MENU to reach the bass setting Use A V lt SEEK SEEK to adjust TREB Treble Press MENU to reach the treble setting Use W lt SEEK SEEK to adjust BAL Balance Press MENU to reach the balance setting Use W lt SEEK SEEK to adjust the audio between the left L and right R speakers FADE Press MENU to reach the fade setting Use A IV q SEEK SEEK p to adjust the audio between the back B and front F speakers 26 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems SPEEDVOL Speed sensitive volume Press MENU to reach the SPEEDVOL setting Radio volume automatically gets louder with increasing vehicle speed to
291. ormal operating temperature the engine coolant temperature gauge indicator will be near the center of the normal area between H and C 2 While the engine idles turn the steering wheel left and right several times 3 Turn the engine off 4 Check the fluid level in the reservoir It should be between the MIN and MAX lines Do not add fluid if the level is in this range 5 If the fluid is low add fluid in small amounts continuously checking the level until it reaches the range between the MIN and MAX lines Be sure to put the cap back on the reservoir Refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter for the proper fluid type 356 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications BRAKE FLUID The fluid level will drop slowly as o the brakes wear and will rise when the brake components are replaced CS 3 Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX lines are within the normal Se operating range there is no need to add fluid If the fluid levels are outside of the normal operating range the performance of the system could be compromised seek service from your authorized dealer immediately TRANSMISSION FLUID Checking automatic transmission fluid The automatic transmission does not have a transmission fluid dipstick Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your transmi
292. ost 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES It is recommended that wiper blades are renewed before winter To replace the wiper blades 1 Fold back the wiper arm and Yi A position the wiper blade at right 5 y angles to the wiper arm gt J 2 To remove press the retaining clip A to disengage the wiper AT blade then pull the blade down toward the windshield to remove it A from the arm 3 Install the new wiper blade on the arm and press it into place until a click is heard Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance Poor wiper quality can be improved by cleaning the wiper blades and windshield refer to Windows and wiper blades in the Cleaning chapter To prolong the life of the wiper blades it is highly recommended to scrape off the ice on the windshield before turning on the wipers The layer of ice has many sharp edges and can damage the micro edge of the wiper rubber element Changing rear window wiper blade The rear wiper arm is designed without a service position This reduces the risk of damage to the blade in an automatic car wash To replace the wiper blade 1 Lift and hold the wiper blade off the glass ly 2 Press the release tab to unlock D wiper blade from wiper arm SS c5 3 Pull the wiper blade toward the base of the wiper arm and remove it from the arm 4 Attach the new wiper to the wiper arm and press it into pla
293. ove 25 mph 40 km h momentarily pressing the AdvanceTrac with RSC button will steadily illuminate the sliding car 262 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving icon however the AdvanceTrac with RSC system will remain enabled until the vehicle speed drops below 25 mph If the vehicle speed decreases below 25 mph 40 km h the system will become deactivated but if the vehicle speed subsequently increases to above 25 mph 40 km h the system will again become active In general the system will be active at all times the vehicle speed is above 25 mph 40 km h When in R Reverse or in 4L 4x4 Low ABS and the Traction Control feature will continue to function however ESC and RSC are disabled All these conditions are normal during AdvanceTrac with RSC operation Refer to the following table AdvanceTrac with RSC Features AT functions car icon start up Button pressed momentarily Illuminated solid Button pressed and held more than five seconds Flashes then solid 40 km h 40 km h 40 km h 40 km h Do not alter or modify your vehicle s suspension or steering the resulting changes to the vehicle s handling can adversely affect the AdvanceTrac with RSC system Also do not install a stereo loudspeaker near the front center console or tunnel or under either front seat as the vibrations can adversely affect the AdvanceTrac with RSC se
294. ovider It is recommended that your vehicle be towed with a wheel lift or flatbed equipment Do not tow with a slingbelt Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure Also wrecker towing the vehicle by the frame mounted tow hooks is not recommended or advised If your vehicle is equipped with air suspension the air suspension control and the ignition must be turned off before being towed Refer to Air suspension in the Driving chapter On 4x2 vehicles it is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the front wheels on the ground without dollies and the rear wheels off the ground On 4x4 vehicles it is recommended that your vehicle be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the ground 312 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies If the vehicle is towed by other means or incorrectly vehicle damage may occur With a disabled vehicle without access to wheel dollies car hauling trailer or flatbed transport vehicle your vehicle can be towed all wheels on the ground under the following conditions Special Conditions e Release the parking brake e Turn the air suspension if equipped control to OFF e Turn the ignition to the OFF UNLOCKED position e Place the transmission in N Neutral If the vehicle s battery is discharged refer to Automatic transmission operation in the Driving chapter for directions on how to move th
295. own automatically to prevent engine damage therefore 1 Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine 2 Arrange for the vehicle to be taken to an authorized dealer 3 If this is not possible wait a short period for the engine to cool 4 Check the coolant level and replenish if low Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot 5 Restart the engine and take your vehicle to an authorized dealer Driving the vehicle without repairing the engine problem increases the chance of engine damage Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible 344 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications FUEL FILTER For fuel filter replacement see your authorized dealer Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the fuel filter Replace the fuel filter with an authorized Motorcraft part The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the fuel system if an authorized Motorcraft fuel filter is not used WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT AUTOMOTIVE FUELS fg Important safety precautions Do not overfill the fuel tank The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire The fuel system may be under pressure If the fuel filler cap is venting vapor or if you hear a hissing sound wait until it stops before completely removing the fuel filler cap Ot
296. p Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 14 AM FM Press to select AM FM1 FM2 frequency band 15 ON OFF Volume Press VOL PUSH to turn ON OFF Turn VOL PUSH to increase decrease volume b VOL PUSH Note If the volume is set above a certain level and the ignition is turned off the volume will come back on at a nominal listening level when the ignition switch is turned back on 16 CD Press to enter CD mode If a CD is already loaded into the system CD play will begin where it ended last If no CD is loaded NO DISC will appear in the display 17 CD eject Press to eject a CD MP3 d 18 CD slot Insert a CD label side up 30 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems Premium Audiophile AM FM in dash six CD MP3 satellite compatible sound system if equipped Da O 14 VOL PUSH TEXT lt SEEK TIEN SEEK gt EJ aa rel Ce arg Ss Accessory delay Your vehicle is equipped with accessory delay With this feature the window switches radio and moon roof if equipped may be used for up to ten minutes after the ignition is turned off or until either front door is opened l A V Tune Disc selector In radio mode press to manually go up A or down Vv the radio frequency Press and hold for a fast advance through radio frequencies In menu mode u
297. p align the cap properly and reinstall it The R lamp will not reset immediately Upon restarting the vehicle it may take a few driving cycles mileage accumulation to clear the symbol Continued driving with this lamp illuminated may cause the lamp to activate If you must replace the fuel filler cap replace it with a fuel filler cap that is designed for your vehicle The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the fuel tank or fuel system if the correct genuine Ford or Motorcraft fuel filler cap is not used The fuel system may be under pressure If the fuel filler cap is venting vapor or if you hear a hissing sound wait until it stops before completely removing the fuel filler cap Otherwise fuel may spray out and injure you or others If you do not use the proper fuel filler cap excessive vacuum in the fuel tank may damage the fuel system or cause the fuel cap to disengage in a collision which may result in possible personal injury bp Choosing the right fuel Use only UNLEADED fuel or UNLEADED fuel blended with a maximum of 10 ethanol Your vehicle was not designed to run on E85 fuels that are blended with a maximum of 85 ethanol The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law and could damage your vehicle Do not use fuel containing methanol It can damage critical fuel system components Your vehicle was not designed to use fuel or fuel additives with metallic compounds including manganese based additives St
298. phone Single Dual Play Press to toggle between Single Play same media playing through all speakers and Dual Play headphone mode the rear speakers are muted 13 Keypad Use the numeric controls to enter in a specific CD MP3 track or DVD chapter to be played 14 C Cancel Press to cancel clear the numeric input i e chapter number 15 MEDIA Press to cycle through the possible media sources AM FM1 FM2 SAT if equipped CD CASSETTE DVD LINE IN if equipped DVD AUX Channel B can only access DVD and AUX sources 16 VIDEO Press to cycle through video states DVD DISC DVD AUX NON DVD Off 17 EJECT Press to eject a disc from the FES 18 Fast reverse Previous When a DVD is playing press and hold for a quick reverse within the DVD Press and release for the previous chapter Press PLAY to resume normal playback speed and volume In CD MP3 mode press to access the previous track 19 MENU Press to access the DVD disc menu for selections Press MENU again when in the DVD disc menu to access the system set up menu 20 SUBTITLE DVD dependent Press to turn the subtitle feature ON or OFF 21 LANGUAGE DVD dependent Press to select the desired language 56 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 22 ENTER Press to select the highlighted menu option 23 ILLUMINATION Press to illuminate the remote control and backlight all of the buttons Batte
299. quivalent 152 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security To replace the battery 1 Twist a thin coin between the two halves of the remote entry transmitter near the key ring DO NOT TAKE THE RUBBER COVER AND CIRCUIT BOARD OFF THE FRONT HOUSING OF THE REMOTE ENTRY TRANSMITTER 2 Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals on the back surface of the circuit board MES HONOL LO ATVH Y3HLO Ni AYALLVE FOV Id STVNIWHS 3 Remove the old battery Note Please refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries 4 Insert the new battery Refer to the diagram inside the remote entry transmitter for the correct orientation of the battery Press the battery down to ensure that the battery is fully seated in the battery housing cavity 5 Snap the two halves back together Note Replacement of the battery will not cause the remote transmitter to become deprogrammed from your vehicle The remote transmitter should operate normally after battery replacement Replacing lost transmitters If a remote transmitter has been lost and you would like to remove it from the vehicle s memory or you would like to purchase additional remote transmitters and have them programmed to your vehicle e Take all your vehicle s transmitters to your dealer for programming or e Perform the programming procedure yourself 153 2007 Expedition exd Ow
300. r 2 Open and close the liftgate as you would a standard liftgate Note In case of operation in extreme cold 40 F 40 C or on extreme inclines manual operation of the liftgate is suggested Obstacle detection The power liftgate system is equipped with an obstacle detection feature If the power liftgate is closing the system is designed to reverse to full open when it encounters a solid obstacle A three second chime is also sounded when an obstacle is detected Once the obstacle is removed the liftgate can be closed under power If the power liftgate is opening the system is designed to stop when it encounters a solid obstacle A chime will continuously sound while the obstacle is present Resetting the power liftgate The power liftgate may not operate under these conditions If any of these conditions occur the power liftgate must be reset e alow voltage or dead battery 140 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls e disconnected battery e the liftgate is manually closed and left ajar unlatched To reset the power liftgate 1 Manually close and fully latch the liftgate 2 Power open the liftgate by using the keyfob or instrument panel button Note If the power liftgate system is turned lt OFF gt in the message center the system cannot be activated with the outside release handle or rear cargo area control button The system will need to be turned lt ON gt
301. r 2 above the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE B Dearborn MI 48126 316 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Customer Assistance THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU BBB AUTO LINE PROGRAM U S ONLY Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer Experience has shown that our customers have been very successful in achieving satisfaction by following the three step procedure outlined on the front page of the Warranty Guide However if your warranty concern has not been resolved using the three step procedure you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts mediation and arbitration Initially the BBB will try to resolve your question or concern through mediation Mediation is a process through which a representative of the BBB will contact the parties and explore options for settlement of your claim If mediation is not successful customers with eligible claims may participate in the BBB AUTO LINE arbitration process An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person The arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after the hearing You are not bound by the decision but may choos
302. r axle Extended use of other than the manufacturer s specified size tires on a limited slip rear axle could result in a permanent reduction in effectiveness This loss of effectiveness does not affect normal driving and should not be noticeable to the driver PREPARING TO DRIVE Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt Utility vehicles and trucks have larger tires and increased ground clearance giving the vehicle a higher center of gravity than a passenger car Vehicles with a higher center of gravity such as utility vehicles and trucks handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity Utility vehicles and trucks are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions Avoid sharp turns excessive speed or abrupt maneuvers in these vehicles Failure to drive cautiously could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Loaded vehicles with a higher center of gravity may handle differently than unloaded vehicles Do not overload your vehicle and use extra precautions such as driving at slower speeds avoiding abrupt steering changes and allowing for increased stopping distance when driving a heavi
303. r is low or empty add engine coolant to the reservoir Refer to Adding engine coolant in this chapter Note Automotive fluids are not interchangeable do not use engine coolant antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location Adding engine coolant When adding coolant make sure it is a 50 50 mixture of engine coolant and distilled water Add the mixture to the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool until the appropriate fill level is obtained Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you badly Also you can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer fluid container If sprayed on the windshield engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield e Add Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant or equivalent meeting Ford specification WSS M97B51 A1 Refer to Maintenance product specifications and capacities in this chapter 340 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Note Use of Motorcraft Cooling System Stop Leak Pellets or an equivalent product meeting Ford specification WSS M99B37 B6 may darken the color of Motorcraft Premium Gold Engine Coolant from yellow to golden tan e Do not add mix an orange colored extended life coolant such as Motorcraft Specialty Orange
304. r lifetime Tm not going far 3 of 4 fatal crashes occur within 25 miles of home 189 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Reasons given Consider Belts are uncomfortable T was in a hurry Safety belts don t work Traffic is light Belts wrinkle my clothes The people I m with don t wear belts T have an airbag Td rather be thrown clear 190 2007 Expedition exd We design our safety belts to enhance comfort If you are uncomfortable try different positions for the safety belt upper anchorage and seatback which should be as upright as possible this can improve comfort Prime time for an accident Belt Minder reminds us to take a few seconds to buckle up Safety belts when used properly reduce risk of death to front seat occupants by 45 in cars and by 60 in light trucks Nearly 1 of 2 deaths occur in single vehicle crashes many when no other vehicles are around Possibly but a serious crash can do much more than wrinkle your clothes particularly if you are unbelted Set the example teen deaths occur 4 times more often in vehicles with TWO or MORE people Children and younger brothers sisters imitate behavior they see Airbags offer greater protection when used with safety belts Frontal airbags are not designed to inflate in rear and side crashes or rollovers Not a g
305. r position 2 With the latch released the seatback can be lowered into the load floor position _ G position lift the seatback until the 3 To return the seat to the upright 4 latch is fully engaged Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or s any objects are not trapped a underneath the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision 174 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Adjusting the 2nd row center 20 seat if equipped Lift the handle to move the seat forward or backward Note This seat can be moved forward to keep a child in a child restraint close to the front seat occupants The seat should be moved to the full rearward position when it is occupied by older children or adults 3rd row seats Ensure that no objects such as books purses or briefcases are on the floor in front of the third row seats or on the seat cushion before lowering them Ensure that the head restraints are lowered Ensure that the second row seats are not reclined Folding down the 3rd row seats to the load floor To prevent possible damage to the seat or safety belts ensure that the safety belts are not buckled when moving the seat to the
306. r you would use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive brake application and brake overheating Do not descend in neutral instead disengage overdrive or manually shift to a lower gear When descending a steep hill avoid sudden hard braking as you could lose control When you brake hard the front wheels can t turn and if they aren t turning you won t be able to steer The front wheels have to be turning in order to steer the vehicle Rapid pumping of the brake pedal will help you slow the vehicle and still maintain steering control If your vehicle has anti lock brakes apply the brakes steadily Do not pump the brakes Driving on snow and ice Four wheel drive vehicles have advantages over two wheel drive vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like any other vehicle Should you start to slide while driving on snowy or icy roads turn the steering wheel in the direction of the slide until you regain control 282 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving Avoid sudden applications of power and quick changes of direction on snow and ice Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily when starting from a full stop Avoid sudden braking as well Although a four wheel drive vehicle may accelerate better than a two wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice it won t stop any faster because as in other vehicles braking occurs at all four wheels Do not become overconfident as to road conditions Ma
307. rake dust and dirt could wear away the clearcoat finish over time e Do not use hydrofluoric acid based or high caustic based wheel cleaners steel wool fuels or strong household detergent 323 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Cleaning e To remove tar and grease use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 available from your authorized dealer ENGINE Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal When washing e Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine The high pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage e Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components e Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser ZC 20 on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean e Cover the highlighted areas to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine e 5 4L 3V engine e Never wash or rinse the engine while it is running water in the running engine may cause internal damage PLASTIC NON PAINTED EXTERIOR PARTS Use only approved products to clean plastic parts These products are available from your authorized dealer e For routine cleaning use Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A e If tar or grease spots are present use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 324 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide
308. rcraft Premium Liquid Wax ZC 53 A which is available from your authorized dealer or an equivalent quality product e Do not allow paint sealant to come in contact with any non body low gloss black colored trim such as grained door handles roof racks bumpers side moldings mirror housings or the windshield cowl area The paint sealant will gray or stain the parts over time PAINT CHIPS Your authorized dealer has touch up paint to match your vehicle s color Take your color code printed on a sticker in the driver s door jamb to your authorized dealer to ensure you get the correct color e Remove particles such as bird droppings tree sap insect deposits tar spots road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips e Always read the instructions before using the products ALUMINUM WHEELS AND WHEEL COVERS Aluminum wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clearcoat paint finish In order to maintain their shine e Clean weekly with Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A which is available from your authorized dealer Heavy dirt and brake dust accumulation may require agitation with a sponge Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream of water e Never apply any cleaning chemical to hot or warm wheel rims or covers e Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims or covers Chemical strength cleaners or cleaning chemicals in combination with brush agitation to remove b
309. reese 102 fold AWAY eececceeeeeeesteeeeeeees 103 CALE ssiscastsssssccssazecscossecsveassees 104 programmable memory 151 signal eeccscatccssdestuavenaas an aen 104 MON TOOL scctsscivessscascancsvessrasiiecs 110 Motorcraft DAES enenu 327 345 360 361 N Navigation system eeee 73 O Octane rating 0 349 Oil see Engine oil 00 334 P Panic alarm feature remote entry Syste ciacceseisesabangenivehesiseds 150 Parking brake ssrrssssisisriiodi 259 Parts see Motorcraft parts 360 361 Pedals see Power adjustable foot pedals 105 Power adjustable foot pedals 105 Power distribution box see FUSES ceeeeccseeseees 289 291 Power door locks cccce 145 Power liftgate ssirsscsasinsc er 138 Power mirrors eeeeeeeeeeeteeeeee 103 Power point ssoneesosoensooeeessoeeee 99 Power steering 0 264 265 fluid checking and adding 356 fluid refill capacity 362 fluid specifications 362 Power Windows c cccccseeeees 101 Preparing to drive your Vehicle 0cccccceeeeeees 266 R RaGIO s sssseevesesecdsaciesavacas 21 25 31 Rear seat entertainment SY SUCM kannksi vest soca R 47 Rear window defroster 82 Relay enion 288 Remote entry system 6 147 illuminated entry c008 154 locking unlocking doors 148 opening the trunk 149 150 panic Alarm 2
310. released e If the indicator light blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with Programming Steps 5 through 7 to complete programming of a rolling code equipped device most commonly a garage door opener 5 At the garage door opener receiver motor head unit in the garage locate the learn or smart button usually near where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the unit 6 Firmly press and release the learn or smart button The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer 112 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Note There are 30 seconds in which to initiate Step 7 7 Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for two seconds and release the programmed HomeLink button Repeat the press hold release sequence again and depending on the brand of the garage door opener or other rolling code equipped device repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device To program additional HomeLink buttons begin with Step 2 in the Programming section For questions or comments please contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 Gate Operator amp Canadian Programming During programming your hand held transmitter may AT automatically stop transmitting not allowing enough time for HomeLink to accept the
311. ress A IV to adjust the hours minutes AUTOSET In radio mode press MENU until the display reads AUTOSET Autoset allows you to set the strongest local radio stations without losing your original manually set preset stations for AM FM1 FM2 Use W to turn owoff When the six strongest stations are filled the station stored in preset 1 will begin playing If there are less than six strong stations the system will store the last one in the remaining presets RBDS Available only on the Audiophile system in FM mode This feature allows you to display text transmitted by RBDS equipped stations and to search for a certain category of music format t CLASSIC COUNTRY INFORM JAZZ RB ROCK etc To activate press MENU repeatedly until RBDS ON OFF appears in the display Use W lt SEEK to toggle RBDS ON OFF When RBDS is OFF you will not be able to search for RBDS equipped stations or view the station name or type To search for specific RBDS music categories When the desired category appears in the display press A IV to find the desired type then press and release lt q SEEK SEEK gt or press and hold SCAN to begin the search 32 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems To view the station name or type With RBDS ON press TEXT SCAN to toggle between displaying the station type COUNTRY ROCK etc or the station name WYCD WXYZ etc BASS Press MENU to reach the
312. ress SEEK to begin random play Otherwise random play will begin when the current track is finished playing CD SHUF will appear in the display To disengage press SHUFFLE again SHUFFLE OFF will appear in the display Note In track mode all tracks on the current disc will shuffle in random order In MP3 folder mode the system will randomly play all tracks within the current folder Press B gt 11_ play pause when a ED CD MP3 is playing to pause the disc CD PAUSE will appear in the display Press again to resume play 4 For a single cd system press amp to eject the current disc i The display will read CD EJECT For an in dash six CD system press amp Select the correct slot number using memory presets 1 6 When ready the system will eject the disc and the display will read REMOVE CD If the disc is not removed in 15 seconds the system will reload the disc To auto eject up to 6 discs press and hold amp until the system begins ejecting all loaded discs If the discs are not removed the system will reload the discs 24 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems AM FM single CD MP3 satellite compatible sound system if equipped 16 FS CTD 14 E seek TET secr REW FF lt FOLDER FOLDER SHUFFLE gt Il 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 J OEE a Accessory delay Your vehicle is equipped with accessory delay With this feature the w
313. river door is not completely closed PASSENGER DOOR AJAR Displayed when the passenger door is not completely closed REAR LEFT DOOR AJAR Displayed when the rear left door is not completely closed REAR RIGHT DOOR AJAR Displayed when the rear right door is not completely closed DOOR AJAR Displayed when there is an error with the door ajar system LIFTGATE GLASS AJAR Displayed when the liftgate or liftgate glass is not completely closed LOW TIRE PRESSURE Displayed when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure Refer to Inflating Your Tires in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter TIRE PRESSURE MONITOR FAULT Displayed when the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is malfunctioning If the warning stays on or continues to come on have the system inspected by your authorized dealer TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in use For more information on how the system operates under these conditions refer to Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System in the Tires 135 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Wheels and Loading chapter If the warning stays on or continues to come on have the system inspected by your authorized dealer 4X4 SHIFT IN PROGRESS Displayed on 4x4 vehicles only when 4x4 Low 4x4 High or 4x4 Auto Range is selected For further information refer to AdvanceTrac wi
314. rized dealer or a reliable trailer dealer if you require assistance Hitches Do not use hitches that clamp onto the vehicle s bumper or attach to the axle You must distribute the load in your trailer so that 10 15 of the total weight of the trailer is on the tongue Weight distributing hitch When hooking up a trailer using a load equalizing hitch always use the following procedure 1 Park the unloaded vehicle on a level surface With the ignition in the ON position and all doors closed allow the vehicle to stand without passengers for several minutes so that it can level 248 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading 2 Turn the air suspension if equipped control to OFF 3 Measure the height of a reference point on the front and rear bumpers at the center of the vehicle 4 Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjust the hitch equalizers so that the front bumper height is within a 1 2 13 mm of the reference point After proper adjustment the rear bumper should be no higher than in Step 3 5 Turn the air suspension if equipped control to ON Note Adjusting a weight distributing hitch so the rear bumper of the vehicle is higher than it was unloaded will defeat the function of the weight distributing hitch and may cause unpredictable handling Safety chains Always connect the trailer s safety chains to the frame or hook retainers of the vehicle hitch T
315. rk plug replacement see your authorized dealer Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the spark plugs Replace the spark plugs with ones that meet Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle such as Motorcraft or equivalent replacement parts The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not used 361 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications queoliqn y J907 pue Suds pue ogun i IOOp JIT Jong SOLI S TX 10 P DX panei ssod ny yeas s1ojor1 pue s yejd Jays seyoiey sosuly d S60TIN dasa pm V Z909IN SSM ayetg P A 10JOW TOAI S 4 UO XV O T Wd LOC uewoz dq Pue NIN Ueemjog YSTH IJLI010401N UOTIVITFIO0ds pIo s3ILI9VdY ANY SNOILV IHIJdS LONGOYd AONVNALNIVIN pm oyeg N Ne oO Owners Guide post 2002 fmt 2007 Expedition exd USA fus Maintenance and Specifications dS eNOOddN dSO 9 LX YAR UOTWROYyTAED IdV Pue V 0OS60CIN SSM peuo cIdSTOZMS OX9 SN dS 07MS OX 9T LET66NW SSM VIA TV T9EL6NW SSM TL 9A UOTIVITFIOedS pIo Jequnu 1ed pIo ILV dS oNOQYAN eI1070W zO IOJO W umuq I9dng OG MG AVS YLII0JON TO 10 0W pusla I yYJU S UMUWI OG MG AVS YLIDIJON SJoTed NeT doy weysd g SUT OOD IeIDIOJO Pe10 oo morfeds quR OOD usuy Ploy WNW g 1Jes1d 10JO CITO syrenb TT CT 99 send 0
316. rmance that the vehicle air conditioning system be run in the same mode either heating or cooling as the climate control seat system During start up of the climate control seat system a slight difference in seat surface temperature may be perceived between the seat cushion and seat back until the cabin and seat temperatures stabilize If the vehicle air conditioning system is run in floor mode the effect may be more pronounced Switching between seat heat and seat cool modes in alternate succession will delay the time it takes for the seat temperatures back and cushion to stabilize The heated seats and the cooled seats will only function when the ignition is in RUN 166 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints The controls for the climate controlled seats are located on the dual electronic automatic temperature control DEATC system Refer to Climate controls for more information If the vehicle falls below 350 RPMs while the cooled seats are on the feature will turn itself off and will need to be reactivated Climate controlled seats air filter replacement if equipped The climate controlled seat system includes air filters that must be replaced periodically Refer to the Scheduled Maintenance Guide for more information e There is a filter located under each front seat e The filter can be accessed from the first row seat Move the front seats all the way back an
317. rned on when the headlamp control is in the P W or gD positions and the high beams are not turned on Pull headlamp control towards you to turn foglamps on The foglamp indicator light will illuminate 83 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights High beams ZD Push the lever toward the instrument panel to activate Pull the lever towards you to deactivate Flash to pass Pull toward you slightly to activate and release to deactivate Daytime running lamps DRL if equipped Turns the foglamps on at full intensity output To activate e the ignition must be in the ON position and e the headlamp control must be in the OFF parking lamps or autolamp position Always remember to turn on your headlamps at dusk or during inclement weather The Daytime Running Lamp DRL system does not activate the tail lamps and generally may not provide adequate lighting during these conditions Failure to activate your headlamps under these conditions may result in a collision 84 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Lights PANEL DIMMER CONTROL Use to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel and all applicable switches in the vehicle during headlamp and parklamp operation Move the control to the full upright position past detent to turn on the interior lamps Move the control to the full down position past detent to prevent
318. road Pull off the road in a safe place before inserting or extracting DVDs from the system A remote control is included in the system to allow the rear seat occupants to operate the FES functions without distracting the driver Do not expose the liquid crystal display LCD flip down screen to direct sunlight or intensive ultraviolet rays for extensive periods of time Ultraviolet rays deteriorate the liquid crystal Be sure to review User Manuals for video games and video game equipment when used as auxiliary inputs for your Family Entertainment System FES Do not operate video games or video equipment if the power cords and or cables are broken split or damaged Carefully place cords and or cables where they will not be stepped on or interfere with the operation of seats and or compartments Disconnect video games and video equipment power cords and or cables when not in use Avoid touching auxiliary input jacks with your fingers Do not blow on them or allow them to get wet or dirty Do not clean any part of the DVD player with benzene paint thinner or any other solvent Federal Communication Commission FCC Compliance Changes or modifications not approved by Ford Lincoln Mercury could void user s authority to operate the equipment This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device 71 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems pursu
319. rvice engine soon indicator refer to Warning lights and chimes in the Instrument Cluster chapter ESSENTIALS OF GOOD FUEL ECONOMY Measuring techniques Your best source of information about actual fuel economy is you the driver You must gather information as accurately and consistently as possible Fuel expense frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are NOT accurate as a measure of fuel economy We do not recommend taking fuel economy measurements during the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km of driving engine break in period You will get a more accurate measurement after 2 000 miles 3 000 miles 3 000 km 5 000 km Filling the tank The advertised fuel capacity of the fuel tank on your vehicle is equal to the rated refill capacity of the fuel tank as listed in the Maintenance product specifications and capacities section of this chapter The advertised capacity is the amount of the indicated capacity and the empty reserve combined Indicated capacity is the difference in the amount of fuel in a full tank and a tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty Empty reserve is the small amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range When refueling your vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates empty you might not be able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the fuel tank due to t
320. ry replacement Batteries are supplied with the remote control unit Since all SS batteries have a limited shelf life a replace them when the unit fails to a control the DVD player as lt a Remove the screw and unlatch the battery cover to access the batteries The remote control unit uses two AAA batteries which are supplied with the unit 57 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems Headphones Wireless headphones Your FES system is equipped with two sets of battery powered infrared wireless headphones Two AAA batteries are needed to operate the headphones Batteries are included Additional infrared wireless headphones may be purchased for use with the system Also wired headphones may be purchased and plugged in where indicated on the left and right hand sides of the system Refer to Wired Headphones below To install the batteries remove the screw at the bottom of the cover Then lightly press down on top and slide the cover off a When replacing the batteries use S two new batteries alkaline i recommended and install them with the correct orientation as a indicated in the battery housing 58 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems To operate the headphones e Press ON OFF on the ear piece to turn on the headphones A red indicator light will illuminate indicating the headph
321. s enabled signaling that Dual Play mode has been deactivated To enable Dual Play the rear seat controls must be active and A illuminated in the radio display Parental control Press the memory preset controls 3 and 5 simultaneously on the front ED C E ED 3 C audio controls to disable the rear seat controls They will remain disabled until the front seat passengers enable them again by simultaneously pressing the 3 and 5 preset controls The settings of the front seat controls will always override those of the rear seat controls 41 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems GENERAL AUDIO INFORMATION Radio frequencies AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission CRTC Those frequencies are AM 530 540 1700 1710 kHz FM 87 7 87 9 107 7 107 9 MHz Radio reception factors There are three factors that can affect radio reception e Distance strength The further you travel from an FM station the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings power lines electric fences traffic lights and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Station overload When you pass a broadcast tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and play while the weak station frequency is displayed CD CD player care Do
322. s of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem and or light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the SRS serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a collision Seat mounted side airbag system Ao Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover on the side of the seatbacks of the front seats or in front seat areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a collision Do not use accessory seat covers The use of accessory seat covers may prevent the deployment of the side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident Do not lean your head on the door The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback 196 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag SRS its fuses or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag See your authorized dealer All occupants of the vehicle should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag SRS is provided How does the side airbag system work The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive s
323. s should be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers where the GCW of the towing vehicle plus the trailer exceed the GVWR of the towing vehicle The GCW must never exceed the GCWR Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options no cargo internal or external a tongue load of 10 15 conventional trailer or king pin weight of 15 25 fifth wheel trailer and driver only 150 lb 68 kg Consult your authorized dealer or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide provided by your authorized dealer for more detailed information Tongue Load or Fifth Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that a trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch Examples For a 5 000 lb 2 268 kg conventional trailer multiply 5 000 by 0 10 and 0 15 to obtain a proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 lb 227 to 340 kg For an 11 500 lb 5 216 kg fifth wheel trailer multiply by 0 15 and 0 25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1 725 to 2 875 lb 782 to 1 304 kg Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety Compliance Certification Label Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations
324. s the vehicle crosses multiple zones A correct zone setting will eliminate this error Refer to Compass zone calibration adjustment Compass zone calibration adjustment 1 Determine your magnetic zone by referring to the zone map 2 Turn ignition to the ON position 3 Start the engine 4 From Setup menu select the Update Zone function 126 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls 5 Press and release the RESET until the message center displays a RESET EOR ZONE selection to change the current zone ih setting SETTING 6 Press and release the RESET control until the message center ZONE lt XX gt display changes to show the current ape ae RESET CHANGE zone setting XX 7 Press and release the RESET control repeatedly until the correct zone setting for your geographic location is displayed on the message center The range of zone values are from 1 to 15 and wraps back to 1 8 To exit the zone setting mode and to lock in your change RESET FOR e press and release the SETUP CALIBRATION control or e press INFO control to exit or e wait 4 seconds and the zone will be locked in Perform compass calibration in an open area free from steel structures and high voltage lines For optimum calibration turn off all electrical accessories heater air conditioning wipers etc and make sure all vehicle doors are shut 9 Press
325. se to select various settings In CD MP3 mode press to select the desired disc In satellite radio mode if equipped press to scroll through the SIRIUS channel categories Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 2 MUTE Press to mute the gg playing media Press again to return to the playing media 31 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 3 MENU Press repeatedly to access to the following settings CATEGORY satellite radio if equipped When satellite radio is active press MENU until the currently active category appears in the display CATEGORY MODE In CATEGORY MODE press amp IV to scroll through the list of available SIRIUS channel Categories Pop Rock News etc Press lt q SEEK to seek to the next channel playing the desired category of music or SCAN for a brief sampling of all channels playing the desired category of music To select a different category press MENU until the current category appears in the display Press A IV to select a different category You may also select CATEGORY ALL to seek all available SIRIUS categories and channels Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS radio subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability Setting the clock Press until SELECT HOURS or SELECT MINUTES is displayed P
326. seat tether strap over the back of the seat 3 Locate the anchor webbing loop for the seating position e You may need to pull back the top of the hinged panel along the bottom of the seat back to access the tether anchor N aa I Aa AZ lt LAy LX KES FLAN N W S 213 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 4 Clip the tether strap through the anchor loop as shown If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly the child safety seat may not be retained properly in the event of a collision 5 Install the child safety seat tightly using the LATCH anchors or safety belts Follow the instructions in this chapter 6 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision greatly increases Attaching safety seats with LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children attachments for child seat anchors Some child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two anchors at certain seating positions in your vehicle This type of child seat eliminates the need to use safety belts to attach the child seat For forward facing child seats the tether strap must also be attached to the proper tether anchor See Attaching safety seats with tether straps in this chapter 214 2007 E
327. seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or collision 172 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Exiting the 3rd row 1 Pull the strap located at the bottom outboard of the seat back to release the seat from the floor and rotate the seat up towards the front seat 2 Follow the directions above to return the seat from the E Z entry and to the upright position Reclining the 2nd row outboard 40 seatback Locate the release handle on the outboard side of the seat cushion and lift gently to allow the seatback to be adjusted to the desired location Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injuries in the event of a collision Folding the 2nd row center 20 seat system if equipped 1 Locate the release handle located in the upper left seat back and pull the handle to release the folding seat latch 173 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints To prevent possible damage to the seat or safety belts ensure that the safety belts are not buckled when moving the seat to the load floo
328. sed for service on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks Note If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or JATMA Japan Tire Manufacturing Association 2 215 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 3 65 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 R Indicates a radial type tire 5 15 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter 6 95 Indicates the tire s load index It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry You may find this information in your Owner s Guide If not contact a local tire dealer Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law 7 H Indicates the tire s speed rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions The ratings range from 81 mph 130 km h to 186 mph 299 km h These ratings are listed
329. sh the end of the stalk e briefly causes a single swipe of the wipers without washer fluid e a quick push and hold the wipers will swipe three times with washer fluid e along push and hold the wipers and washer fluid will be activated for up to ten seconds Note Do not operate the washer when the washer reservoir is empty This may cause the washer pump to overheat Check the washer fluid level frequently Do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry This may scratch the glass damage the wiper blades and cause the wiper motor to burn out Before operating the wiper on a dry windshield always use the windshield washer In freezing weather be sure the wiper blades are not frozen to the windshield before operating the wipers Rear window wiper washer controls For rear wiper operation rotate the rear window wiper and washer control to the desired position Select 2 Normal speed operation of rear wiper 1 Intermittent operation of rear wiper OFF Rear wiper and washer off 95 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls For rear wash cycle rotate and hold as desired the rear wiper washer control to either GJ position From either position the control will automatically return to the INT 2 or OFF position TILT STEERING WHEEL 1 Pull and hold the steering wheel release control toward you 2 Move the steering up or down until you find
330. short when fully extended there is a 8 inch 20 cm safety belt extension assembly that can be added part number 611C22 This assembly can be obtained from an authorized dealer Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt Manufacturer identification is located at the end of the webbing on the label Also use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extended Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso Safety belt maintenance Inspect the safety belt systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged Inspect the safety belts to make sure there are no nicks tears or cuts Replace if necessary All safety belt assemblies including retractors buckles front safety belt buckle assemblies buckle support assemblies slide bar if equipped shoulder belt height adjusters shoulder belt guide on seatback Gf equipped child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors and attaching hardware should be inspected after a collision Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a collision be replaced However if the collision was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly they do not need to be replaced Safety belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper
331. side temperature also when DUAL is disengaged Note The recommended vehicle cabin setting is between 72 F 22 C and 75 F 24 C 15 AUTO Press to engage full automatic operation and select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system will automatically determine fan speed airflow location A C on or off and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to reach the desired temperature 16 A C Press to activate deactivate air conditioning Use with FE recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Engages automatically in AUTO G7 defrost and floor defrost 17 EXT Press to display the outside temperature Press again to display cabin temperature settings Note Exterior readings are more accurate when the vehicle is moving 18 C Recirculated air Press to activate deactivate air recirculation in the vehicle cabin Recirculated air may reduce the amount of time to cool down the interior of the vehicle and may also help reduce undesired odors from reaching the interior of the vehicle Recirculated air can be engaged manually in any airflow selection except GV Recirculated air may turn off automatically in all airflow selections Operating tips e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather place the air flow selector in the 7 position To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle do not drive with the air flow selector in the O OFF or Gin cold
332. sion when parking To reset the switch refer to the Fuel pump shut off switch in the Roadside Emergencies chapter 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Introduction SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION A Warning symbols in this guide How can you reduce the risk of personal injury to yourself or others In this guide answers to such questions are contained in comments highlighted by the warning triangle symbol These comments should be read and observed A Warning symbols on your vehicle When you see this symbol it is imperative that you consult the relevant section of this guide before L i touching or attempting adjustment of any kind Protecting the environment We must all play our part in protecting the environment Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps towards this aim Information in this respect is highlighted in this guide with the tree symbol 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Introduction BREAKING IN YOUR VEHICLE Your vehicle does not need an extensive break in Try not to drive continuously at the same speed for the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km of new vehicle operation Vary your speed frequently in order to give the moving parts a chance to break in Drive your new vehicle at least 500 miles 800 km before towing a trailer Additionally during the first 500 miles 8
333. ssible media source AM FM1 FM2 SAT Gf equipped CD DVD AUX Channel B can only access DVD and AUX sources Note Refer to Single play Dual play for more information Using the infrared IR wireless headphones 1 Press the power control on the earpiece to turn the headphones ON 2 Select Channel A or B for each set of wireless headphones by using the A B control on the ear piece 3 Adjust the headphone volume using the rotary dial on the earpiece Using wired headphones not included Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle and do not let children operate the system while unsupervised If wired headphones or auxiliary systems are used children may become entangled in the cords and seriously injure themselves 1 Connect the wired headphones in to the headphone jacks on either side of the DVD system Each side is labeled A Aor A B Headphones plugged into jack A will listen to Channel A and headphones plugged into jack B will listen to Channel B 2 Adjust the volume levels using the volume controls on the DVD system VOLUME To adjust display brightness To decrease increase the brightness level on the display screen press the brightness control on the DVD system A display will appear at the bottom of the screen indicating the brightness level The brightness display will only appear when the menu is not displayed 51 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertain
334. ssible tire failure TIRES Tires are designed to give many thousands of miles of service but they must be maintained in order to get the maximum benefit from them Glossary of tire terminology e Tire label A label showing the OE Original Equipment tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry 220 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Also referred to as DOT code Inflation pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire Standard load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at 35 psi 87 psi 2 5 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability Extra load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 41 psi 43 psi 2 9 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability kPa Kilopascal a metric unit of air pressure PSI Pounds per square inch a standard unit of air pressure Cold inflation pressure The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the veh
335. ssion does not consume fluid However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly e if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage Transmission fluid should be checked by an authorized dealer If required fluid should be added by an authorized dealer Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components AIR FILTER Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the air filter element When changing the air filter element use only the Motorcraft air filter element listed Refer to Motorcraft part numbers in this chapter To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 357 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Changing the air filter element 1 Locate the Mass Air Flow Sensor electrical connector on the air outlet tube This connector will need to be unplugged 2 Reposition the locking clip on the connector connector shown from below for clarity squeeze the connector and pull it off of the air outlet tube 3 Clean the area around the air tube to air cover conne
336. ssion ratio 9 85 1 Spark plug gap not adjustable Engine drivebelt routing e 5 4L V8 Engine 366 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications IDENTIFYING YOUR VEHICLE Safety Compliance Certification Label The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regulations require MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO that a Safety Compliance DATE XXKX GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG Certification Label be affixed to a r WTAE N vehicle and prescribe where the wr tg Safety Compliance Certification AT XXX KPAX C PSLCOLD Label may be located The Safety THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR Compliance Certification Label is EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE located on the structure B Pillar TE aa t poo by the trailing edge of the driver s door or the edge of the driver s UO ANT OM AN A ITA door EXT PNT _ XX RCXX D30 WB BRK TINTTR PPS R AXLE TR SPR XXXXX XXX X XX X XX XXX XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXK XXXX XXXXXXX XX Vehicle identification number VIN The vehicle identification number is located on the driver side instrument panel Please note that in the graphic XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification number 367 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications The Vehicle Identification Number VIN contains the following information 1 World manufacturer iden
337. stalling child safety seats with combination lap and shoulder belts Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat all the way back Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible 1 Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt 207 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 2 Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together 3 While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted 4 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it 208 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints 5 To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until all of the belt is pulled out and a click is heard 6 Allow the belt to retract The belt will click as it retracts
338. t 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID lt 7 Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low In very cold weather do not fill the reservoir completely Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specification WSB M8B16 A2 Do not use any special washer fluid such as windshield water repellent type fluid or bug wash They may cause squeaking chatter noise streaking and smearing Refer to the Maintenance product specifications and capacities section in this chapter State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol a common windshield washer antifreeze additive Washer fluids containing non methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle s paint finish wiper blades or washer system If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40 F 4 5 C use washer fluid with antifreeze protection Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident Note Do not put washer fluid in the engine coolant reservoir Washer fluid placed in the cooling system may harm engine and cooling system components Checking and adding washer fluid for the liftgate Washer fluid for the liftgate is supplied by the same reservoir as the windshield 332 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide p
339. t Helm Incorporated at HELM INCORPORATED P O Box 07150 Detroit Michigan 48207 Or call For a free publication catalog order toll free 1 800 782 4356 Monday Friday 8 00 a m 6 00 p m EST Helm Incorporated can also be reached by their website www helminc com Ctems in this catalog may be purchased by credit card check or money order Obtaining a French owner s guide French Owner s Guides can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by writing to Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited Service Publications CHQ202 The Canadian Road P O Box 2000 Oakville ON Canada L6J 5E4 320 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Customer Assistance REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Ford Motor Company To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http hvww safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 4
340. t an audio CD into the DVD system label side up 4 The track and elapsed time will CD AUDIO DISC mx 2 00 54 appear in the status bar Use the DVD cursor controls on the bezel to highlight which track you would like to play You can also use the cursor controls to highlight COMPRESSION SHUFFLE or SCAN Once you have highlighted the desired track or function press ENTER on the DVD bezel to confirm your selection COMP Compression Compression brings soft and loud CD passages together for a more consistent listening level when in CD mode Press to turn the feature ON OFF SHUFFLE Press to hear all tracks on the current CD in random order Press again to stop SCAN Press for a brief sampling of all tracks on the current CD Press again to stop Playing MP3 discs To play an MP3 disc on your DVD system 1 Ensure that the vehicle ignition is in the RUN or ACCESSORY position 2 Ensure that the DVD system is ON 3 Insert the MP3 disc into the DVD system label side up 64 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 4 The folder track and elapsed DVD MP3_ FOLDER TRACK 00 24 gt time will appear in the status bar The screen will list the Artist Title nomos nmm Album and File Name COMP Compression Compression brings soft and loud CD MP3 passages together for a more consistent listening level when in CD mode Press to turn the feature ON OFF SHUFFLE Press to
341. t been approved for your engine and could cause damage to the fuel system Repairs to correct the effects of using an aftermarket product in your fuel may not be covered by your warranty Many of the world s automakers approved the World Wide Fuel Charter that recommends gasoline specifications to provide improved performance and emission control system protection for your vehicle Gasolines that meet the World Wide Fuel Charter should be used when available Ask your fuel supplier about gasolines that meet the World Wide Fuel Charter Cleaner air Ford endorses the use of reformulated cleaner burning gasolines to improve air quality per the recommendations in the Choosing the Right Fuel section 349 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Running out of fuel Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse effect on powertrain components If you have run out of fuel e You may need to cycle the ignition from OFF to ON several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine On restarting cranking time will take a few seconds longer than normal Normally adding 1 gallon 3 8L of fuel is enough to restart the engine If the vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade more than 1 gallon 8 8L may be required e The C indicator may come on For more information on the check engine or the se
342. t your local motor vehicle speed regulations for towing a trailer e To eliminate excessive shifting use a lower gear This will also assist in transmission cooling For additional information refer to Driving with a 6 speed automatic transmission in the Driving chapter e Anticipate stops and brake gradually e Do not exceed the GCWR rating or transmission damage may occur If your vehicle is equipped with AdvanceTrac with RSC you may experience AdvanceTrac with RSC activations during typical cornering maneuvers with a heavily loaded trailer this is normal Cornering at a slower speed while towing will reduce the tendency of the AdvanceTrac stability enhancement system to activate Servicing after towing If you tow a trailer for long distances your vehicle will require more frequent service intervals Refer to your Scheduled Maintenance Information for more information Trailer towing tips e Practice turning stopping and backing up before starting on a trip to get the feel of the vehicle trailer combination When turning make wider turns so the trailer wheels will clear curbs and other obstacles e Allow more distance for stopping with a trailer attached e If you are driving down a long or steep hill shift to a lower gear Do not apply the brakes continuously as they may overheat and become less effective The trailer tongue weight should be 10 15 of the loaded trailer weight If you will be towing a trailer fr
343. tart If you lose your authorized dealer supplied keys replacement keys are available through your authorized dealer Refer to the SecuriLock passive anti theft system section later in this chapter for more information POWER DOOR LOCKS If the door does not unlock when the control is pressed refer to the Power door lock disable feature section in this chapter Press control to unlock all doors Press control to lock all doors Smart unlocking feature f The smart unlocking feature helps prevent you from locking yourself out of the vehicle With the key in any ignition position the driver s door will automatically unlock if it is locked using the power lock control on the driver s door panel while the driver s door is open Autolock The autolock feature will lock all the doors liftgate and liftgate window when e all doors are closed e the ignition is in the 3 ON position e you shift into any gear putting the vehicle in motion and e the vehicle attains a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h 145 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security The autolock feature repeats when e any door is opened then closed while the ignition is in the 3 ON position and the vehicle speed is 9 mph 15 km h or lower and e the vehicle attains a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h Deactivating activating autolock Your vehicle comes with the autolock feature enabled
344. ted rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws IN CALIFORNIA U S ONLY California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer less a reasonable allowance for consumer use The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18 000 miles 29 000 km whichever occurs first 1 Two or more repair attempts are made on the same non conformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR 2 Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle OR 3 The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days not necessarily all at one time In the case of 1 o
345. tgate at the touch of a button 1 To disable enable the power __ liftgate feature select this function POWER LIFTGATE from the SETUP control for the ON lt QFF gt current display mode 2 Press the RESET control to turn the power liftgate ON or OFF If disabled the outside release handle and the rear cargo area control button are off The instrument panel button will continue to function the liftgate in power mode Language 1 Select this function from the 7a S SETUP menu for the current LANGUAGE language to be displayed N i ENGLISH 2 Waiting 4 seconds or pressing the S p RESET control cycles the message HOLG RESET FOR center through each of the language choices L ENGLISH Selectable languages are English Spanish or French 131 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls 3 Press and hold the RESET control for 2 seconds to set the LANGUAGE language choice ENGLISH 1 Units English Metric 1 Select this function from the SETUP menu for the current units UNITS to be displayed lt ENG gt METRIC 2 Press the RESET control to change from English to Metric System check Selecting this function from the SETUP menu causes the message T center to cycle through each of the RES ET FOR y systems being monitored For each SYSTEM CHECK of the monitored systems the message center will indicate either an OK message or a warnin
346. th RSC stability enhancement system in the Driving chapter XXX MILES TO EMPTY FUEL LEVEL LOW Displayed as an early reminder of a low fuel condition AIR SUSPENSION OFF if equipped Displayed when the air suspension is off For more information refer to Air suspension in the Driving chapter BRAKE FLUID LEVEL LOW Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be inspected immediately Refer to Brake fluid reservoir in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter CHECK PARK BRAKE Displayed when the park brake is engaged If the warning stays on after the park brake is off contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WASHER FLUID LEVEL LOW Indicates the washer fluid reservoir is less than one quarter full Check the washer fluid level Refer to Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter CHECK AIR SUSPENSION if equipped Displayed when the air suspension system is not operating properly If this message is displayed while driving pull off the road as soon as safely possible For more information refer to Air suspension in the Driving chapter CHECK BRAKE SYSTEM Displayed when the braking system is not operating properly If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible PARK BRAKE ENGAGED Displayed when the manual park brake is set the engine is running and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph 5 km If the warning stays on
347. the RESET control to start the compass calibration function CIRCLE St GULLY 10 Slowly drive the vehicle in a TO CALIBRATE circle less than 3 mph 5 km h until the CIRCLE SLOWLY TO CALIBRATE display changes to CALIBRATION COMPLETED It will take up to five circles to complete calibration 11 The compass is now calibrated i Note If the RESET control is CALIBRATION pressed or 3 minutes has expired COMPLETED the display will go back to the INFO menu and will show CAL instead of the compass heading until the compass is calibrated 127 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Distance to empty DTE Selecting this function from the INFO menu estimates approximately Wyo oT how far you can drive with the fuel XXX MILES TOE remaining in your tank under NW OO0088 0 ni normal driving conditions Remember to turn the ignition OFF when refueling to allow this feature to correctly detect the added fuel The DTE function will display XXX MILES TO E FUEL LEVEL LOW lt gt and sound a tone for one second when you have approximately 50 miles 80 km to empty If you RESET this warning message this display and tone will return after 10 minutes DTE is calculated using a running average fuel economy which is based on your recent driving history of 500 miles 800 km This value is not the same as the average fuel economy display The running average fuel economy is reiniti
348. the factory set 5 digit code will work Anti scan feature If the wrong code has been entered 7 times 35 consecutive button presses the keypad will go into an anti scan mode This mode disables the keypad for one minute and the keypad lamp will flash The anti scan feature will turn off after e one minute of keypad inactivity e pressing the UNLOCK control on the remote entry transmitter e or the ignition position changes Unlocking and locking the doors and liftgate using keyless entry To unlock the driver s door enter the factory set 5 digit code or your personal code Each number must be pressed within five seconds of each other The interior lamps will illuminate To unlock all doors and liftgate press the 3 e 4 control within five seconds To lock all doors and liftgate press the 7 e 8 and the 9 e 0 at the same time Note The driver s door must be closed You do not need to enter the keypad code first To open the liftglass press the 5 e 6 SECURILOCK PASSIVE ANTI THEFT SYSTEM SecuriLock passive anti theft system is an engine immobilization system This system is designed to help prevent the engine from being started unless a coded key programmed to your vehicle is used The SecuriLock passive anti theft system is not compatible with non Ford aftermarket remote start systems Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection Theft indicator The theft indic
349. the frontal area of the vehicle 3 4 square meters 36 5 square feet Note For vehicles equipped with the optional trailer tow package the maximum frontal area of trailer should not exceed 5 6 square meters 60 square feet 12100 5489 0 6000 0 2721 15000 6804 0 9000 0 4082 246 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Trailer weight range 0 maximum lb kg Expedition EL U S Only Expedition Max Canada Only 4x2 5 4L with standard trailer tow package 5 4L with optional trailer tow package Expedition EL U S Only Expedition Max Canada Only 4x4 5 4L with standard trailer tow package 5 4L with optional trailer tow package Note For vehicles not equipped with the optional trailer tow package the maximum frontal area of trailer should not exceed the frontal area of the vehicle 8 4 square meters 86 5 square feet Note For vehicles equipped with the optional trailer tow package the maximum frontal area of trailer should not exceed 5 6 square meters 60 square feet Rear axle Maximum GCWR ratio Ib kg 12200 5534 0 6000 0 2721 15000 6804 0 9000 0 4082 12400 5625 0 6000 0 2721 15000 6804 0 8750 0 3968 Do not exceed the maximum loads listed on the Safety Compliance Certification label For load specification terms found on the label refer to Vehicle loading in this chapter Remember to figure in the tongue loa
350. the next previous radio frequency In Satellite radio mode if equipped Press d SEEK P to advance through preset channels or subscribed channels In CD mode e Press ldd SEEK Pe to select the next selection on the CD or press and hold to forward or reverse the CD 108 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls In any mode e Press VOL or to adjust volume 08 Climate control features if equipped Press TEMP or to adjust temperature L g 18 Press FAN or to adjust fan speed poe 109 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls Navigation control features Cif equipped Press and hold VOICE briefly until the voice t icon appears on the Navigation display to use the Navigation voice command Press the control again to hear previous command repeated from the navigation system MOON ROOF IF EQUIPPED The moon roof control is located on the overhead console Do not let children play with the moon roof or leave children unattended in the vehicle They may seriously hurt themselves When closing the moon roof you should verify that it is free of obstructions and ensure that children and or pets are not in the proximity of the moon roof opening Note The moon roof will open to the comfort position first before opening all the way The comfort position helps to all
351. third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Introduction Using your vehicle with a snowplow Do not use this vehicle for snowplowing Your vehicle is not equipped with a snowplowing package Notice to owners of pickup trucks and utility type vehicles Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles Before you drive your vehicle please read this Owner s Guide carefully Your vehicle is not a passenger car As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury or death Cell phone use The use of Mobile Communications Equipment has become increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs However drivers must not compromise their own or others safety when using such equipment Mobile Communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used particularly in emergency situations Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits Mobile Communication Equipment includes but is not limited to cellular phones pagers portable email devices in vehicle communications systems telematics devices and portable two way radios Driving while
352. thorized Canadian dealers In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The CAMVAP program is a straight forward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings In the CAMVAP program impartial third party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties make decisions and when appropriate render awards to resolve disputes CAMVAP decisions are fast fair and final as the arbitrator s award is binding both to you and Ford of Canada CAMVAP services are available in all territories and provinces For more information without charge or obligation call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1 800 207 0685 FORD EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN You can get more protection for your new car or light truck by purchasing Ford Extended Service Plan Ford ESP coverage It provides the following e Benefits during the warranty period depending on the plan yo
353. tifier XXX X XXX X X X X XXXXXX 2 Brake system Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR Restraint System O 3 Vehicle line series body type 4 Engine type 5 Check digit 6 Model year 7 Assembly plant 8 Production sequence number TRANSMISSION TRANSAXLE CODE DESIGNATIONS You can find a transmission transaxle code on the MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO j ificati DATE XXIKX GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG Safety Compliance Certification FRONT GAWR XXXXL REARGAIWR XXXXLB Label The following table tells you XXXXKG WTH XXXXKG WITH which transmission or transaxle noo Fy Aa RES each code represents AT XXX kPa XX PSLCOLD 4f ATSXXX KPa XX PSI COLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX TYPE XXX XXXXX EXT PNT XX RC XX DSO WB BRK TINTTR TP PS R TAXLE SPR XXXXX XXX X XX X XX XXX XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XX XXXX XXXXXXX XX Six speed automatic 6R75 368 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Accessories GENUINE FORD ACCESSORIES FOR YOUR VEHICLE A wide selection of Genuine Ford Accessories are available for your vehicle through your local Ford or Ford of Canada dealer These quality accessories have been specifically engineered to fulfill your automotive needs they are custom designed to complement the style and aerodynamic appearance of your vehicle In ad
354. ting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle such as engine throttle steering or brake systems In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access vehicle diagnostic information through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle Event Data Recording Other modules in your vehicle event data recorders are capable of collecting and storing data during a crash or near crash event The recorded information may assist in the investigation of such an event The modules may record information about both the vehicle and the occupants potentially including information such as e how various systems in your vehicle were operating e whether or not the driver and passenger seatbelts were buckled e how far Cif at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or the brake pedal e how fast the vehicle was traveling and e where the driver was positioning the steering wheel To access this information special equipment must be directly connected to the recording modules Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent unless pursuant to court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other
355. tions refer to Checking the engine oil in this chapter 2 If the engine oil level is not within the normal range add only certified engine oil of the recommended viscosity Remove the engine oil filler cap and use a funnel to pour the engine oil into the opening 3 Recheck the engine oil level Make sure the oil level is not above the upper hole or the MAX mark on the engine oil level indicator dipstick 4 Install the indicator and ensure it is fully seated 5 Fully install the engine oil filler cap by turning the filler cap clockwise 1 4 of a turn until the cap is fully seated To avoid possible oil loss DO NOT operate the vehicle with the engine oil level indicator and or the engine oil filler cap removed 335 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Engine oil and filter recommendations Look for this certification trademark PREMIUM SYNTHETIC BL MOTOR OIL Use SAE 5W 20 engine oil Only use oils Certified For Gasoline Engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers To protect your engine s warranty use Motorcraft SAE 5W 20 or an equivalent SAE 5W 20 oil meeting Ford
356. tires that have a rating on them called Tire Quality Grades The Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example e Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic tires for use on passenger cars They do not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575 104 c 2 U S Department of Transportation Tire quality grades The U S Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified 219 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habi
357. to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm PERCHLORATE MATERIAL Certain components of this vehicle such as airbag modules seat belt pretensioners and button cell batteries may contain Perchlorate Material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate CONGRATULATIONS Congratulations on acquiring your new Ford Please take the time to get well acquainted with your vehicle by reading this handbook The more you know and understand about your vehicle the greater the safety and pleasure you will derive from driving it For more information on Ford Motor Company and its products visit the following website e In the United States www ford com e In Canada www ford ca e In Australia www ford com au e In Mexico www ford com mx Additional owner information is given in separate publications This Owner s Guide describes every option and model variant available and therefore some of the items covered may not apply to your particular vehicle Furthermore due to printing cycles it may describe options before they are generally available Remember to pass on this Owner s Guide when reselling the vehicle It is an integral part of the vehicle Fuel pump shut off switch In the event of an accident the safety switch will automatically cut off the fuel supply to the engine The switch can also be activated through sudden vibration e g colli
358. to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode 7 Pull the lap belt portion across the child seat toward the buckle and pull up on the shoulder belt while pushing down with your knee on the child seat 8 Allow the safety belt to retract to remove any slack in the belt 9 Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward There should be no more than one inch of movement for proper installation 10 Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode you should not be able to pull more belt out If the retractor is not locked unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 2 through 9 Check to make sure the child seat is properly secured before each use 209 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Installing child safety seats in the center front seating position if equipped Always transport children 12 years old and under in the rear seats and always properly use appropriate child restraints It is safer to install child safety seats in seating positions that have child seat anchors The front seat has no tether anchor nor does it have LATCH anchors 1 Lengthen the lap belt To lengthen the belt hold the tongue so that its bottom is perpendicular t
359. to resume operation with the outside release handle or rear cargo area control button The Power Liftgate is still operational through the use of the Key Fob and IP button when the Power Liftgate is turned off in the Message center Liftgate ajar signal If the liftgate or liftgate glass are not fully latched you will receive a LIFTGATE or LIFTGLASS AJAR message on the instrument panel If you see this message check both the liftgate glass and liftgate door to insure they are fully latched Make sure the liftgate is closed to prevent exhaust fumes from being drawn into the vehicle If you must drive with the liftgate open keep the vents open so outside air comes into the vehicle Liftgate window To open the liftgate window push the button on the left side of the liftgate handle above the license plate 141 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls MANUAL LIFTGATE IF EQUIPPED e To open the liftgate position your hand on top of the liftgate handle and pull to open the liftgate E __ N e Do not open the liftgate or Ta liftgate glass in a garage or other enclosed area with a low ceiling If the liftgate glass is raised and the liftgate is also opened both liftgate and glass could be damaged against a low ceiling e Do not leave the liftgate or liftgate glass open while driving Doing so could cause serious damage to the liftgate and its components as well as allow
360. ton until TRIP N mode appears in the display Press Nw OO0000 0 mi the control again to select Trip A and Trip B features Press the RESET button to reset Tachometer Indicates the engine speed in revolutions per minute Driving with your tachometer pointer continuously at the top of the scale may damage the engine 19 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Instrument Cluster Battery voltage gauge Indicates the battery voltage when the ignition is in the ON position If the pointer moves and stays outside the normal operating range have the vehicle s electrical system checked by your authorized dealer as soon as possible Engine oil pressure gauge Indicates engine oil pressure The needle should stay in the normal operating range between L and H If the needle falls below the normal range stop the vehicle turn off the engine and check the engine oil level Add oil if needed If the oil level is correct have your vehicle checked by your authorized dealer Fuel gauge Indicates approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank when the ignition ar is in the ON position The fuel gauge may vary slightly when the vehicle is in motion or on a grade Refer to Filling the tank in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter for more information The FUEL icon and arrow indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel door is located 20 2007 Expedition
361. tools The spare tire and tools for your vehicle are stowed in the following locations Spare tire Under the vehicle just forward of the rear bumper Jack tools and jacking instructions Under the access panel located in the floor compartment behind the rear seat 298 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Removing the jack and tools 1 Open the liftgate then locate the access panel on the floor behind the 3rd row seat Unlatch and remove the panel 2 Remove the jack and tools assembly tray from the compartment by turning the wing nut counterclockwise to relieve tension against the jack assembly tray Remove the bag from the jack and tool assembly tray by loosening the strap Note Pay close attention to the orientation of the bag because it will have to be reinstalled after changing the tire 3 Unsnap the wheel lug nut wrench jack extension and handle from the plastic tray Remove the jack and instruction sheet from the tray assembly Removing the spare tire 1 Fold the rear seat down Refer to Rear seats in the Seating and safety restraints chapter 2 Remove the jack handle and winch extension from the tray and assemble them 3 Open the spare tire winch access plug in the bottom of the compartment located behind the 3rd row seat very close to the jack and tools tray 4 Insert the winch extension tool assembly through the access hole in the fl
362. top In CD MP3 mode press and release to display song title artist name and album title In satellite radio mode if equipped press and release to enter TEXT MODE and display the current song title While in TEXT MODE press again to scroll through the current song title artist channel category and the SIRIUS long channel name In TEXT MODE sometimes the display requires additional text to be displayed When the gt indicator is active press TEXT and then SEEK gt to view the additional display text When the lt indicator is active press TEXT and then Ei SEEK to view the previous display text Press and hold to hear a brief sampling of the next channels Press again to stop In CATEGORY MODE press SCAN to hear a brief sampling of channels in the selected category Press again to stop Satellite radio is available only with a valid SIRIUS subscription Check with your authorized dealer for availability 14 AM FM Press to select AM FM1 FM2 frequency band 15 ON OFF Volume Press to turn ON OFF Turn to increase decrease volume Ok Note If the volume is set above a VOL PUSH certain level and the ignition is turned off the volume will come back on at a nominal listening level when the ignition switch is turned back on 16 CD Press to enter CD MP3 mode If a CD MP38 is already loaded into the system CD MP3 play will begin where it ended last d 36 2007 Expedition exd Owners Gu
363. top or collision f Do not place people or pets on or under the parcel shelf 143 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls LUGGAGE RACK Your vehicle is equipped with a roof rack for transporting items on the exterior of the vehicle The maximum recommended load to be carried on the roof rack is 200 lbs 90 kg evenly distributed The cross bars can be adjusted by using the thumbwheels at each end Use the tie down loops on the thumbwheels to secure load To adjust the position of the cross bar Gif equipped 1 Loosen the thumbwheel at both ends of the cross bar both cross bars are adjustable 2 Slide the cross bar to the desired location 3 Firmly retighten the thumbwheels at each end of the cross bar Be sure to check that the thumbwheels are tight each time load is added or removed from the roof rack and periodically while traveling Always ensure that the load is secure before traveling Ford Motor Company recommends loading the roof rack only when equipped with optional crossbars to avoid unintended damage to the roof panel 144 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security KEYS One key operates all the locks and starts the vehicle Always carry a spare key with you in case of an emergency Your keys are programmed to your vehicle using a non programmed key will not permit your vehicle to s
364. tor light Press again to deactivate the passenger cooled seat 8 REAR Press to enable the control located in the rear seat Press again to turn the auxiliary system off 9 Airflow direction control Press to toggle through the air distribution modes listed below The selected mode will be shown in the display 7s Distributes air through the instrument panel vents 7 Distributes air through the instrument panel and the floor vents lt A Distributes air through the floor vents T Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister vents and the floor vents 10 4 Driver heated seat control Press once to activate the high heat setting 2 indicator lights Press again to activate the low heat setting 1 indicator light Press again to deactivate the passenger heated seat 11 ac Driver cooled seat control Press once to activate the high cool setting 2 indicator lights Press again to activate the low cool setting 1 indicator light Press again to deactivate the passenger cooled seat 12 F Front fan speed control Press to manually increase or decrease the fan speed To return to full automatic control press AUTO 13 OFF Outside air is shut out and the climate system is turned off 80 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Climate Controls 14 Driver temperature control Press to increase or decrease the temperature on the driver side of the cabin Sets the passenger
365. trailer section 233 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to O the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale The T
366. try code this code is located on the owner s wallet card in the glove box and is available from your authorized dealer You can also create your own 5 digit personal entry code When pressing the controls on the keyless entry keypad press the middle of the controls to ensure a good activation Programming your own personal entry code To create your own personal entry code 1 Enter the factory set code 2 Within five seconds press the 1 e 2 on the keypad 3 Enter your personal 5 digit code Each number must be entered 23 lt 4 6 7 9 f within five seconds of each other 4 Three unique personal entry codes can be stored e Pressing e 2 assigns driver 1 settings e Pressing 3 e 4 assigns driver 2 settings e Pressing 5 e 6 7 e 8 or 9 e 0 assigns Driver 3 settings 5 The doors will again lock then unlock to confirm that your personal keycode has been programmed to the module e Do not use five numbers in sequential order e The factory set code will work even if you have set your own personal code Erasing personal code 1 Enter the factory set 5 digit code 2 Within five seconds press the 1 e 2 on the keypad and release 156 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Locks and Security 3 Press and hold the 1 e 2 for two seconds This must be done within five seconds of completing Step 2 Your personal code is now erased and only
367. ts All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts except for the front row center lap belt if equipped 182 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Front center lap belt To fasten the front center lap belt insert the tongue into the center buckle until you hear a snap and AN feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle Pull on the webbing to tighten the belt All combination lap shoulder belts other than the driver s belt have two modes Vehicle sensitive mode This is the normal retractor mode which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement For example if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply or the vehicle receives an impact of approximately 5 mph 8 km h or more the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers Automatic locking mode In this mode the shoulder belt is pre locked The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt When to use the automatic locking mode e Anytime a child safety seat except a booster is installed in the vehicle Children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible Refer to Safety restraints for
368. ts service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AAA BC The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature AB C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and po
369. ty belts can help reduce the risk of severe injuries in the event of a significant side impact collision or rollover event Children 12 years old and under should always be properly restrained in the second or third row seats The Safety Canopy will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window opening The Safety Canopy system is designed to activate when the vehicle sustains lateral deceleration sufficient to cause the side crash sensor to close an electrical circuit that initiates Safety Canopy inflation or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor The Safety Canopy is mounted to roof side rail sheet metal behind the headliner along the entire side of the vehicle In certain lateral collisions or rollover events the Safety Canopy system will be activated regardless of which seats are occupied The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further enhance protection provided in side impact collisions and rollover events The fact that the Safety Canopy did not activate in a collision does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions or rollov
370. u purchase such as reimbursement for rentals coverage for certain maintenance and wear items e Protection against covered repair costs after your Bumper to Bumper Warranty expires You may purchase Ford ESP from any participating authorized dealer There are several plans available in various time distance and deductible combinations which can be tailored to fit your own driving needs Ford ESP also offers reimbursement benefits for towing and rental coverage When you buy Ford ESP you receive Peace of Mind protection throughout the United States and Canada provided by a network of more than 4 600 participating authorized dealers 318 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Customer Assistance If you did not take advantage of the Ford Extended Service Plan at the time of purchasing your vehicle you may still be eligible Since this information is subject to change please ask your authorized dealer for complete details about Ford Extended Service Plan coverage options or visit the Ford ESP website at www ford esp com GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U S AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only get fuel with an anti knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle cont
371. udies indicate that these additives can cause your vehicle s emission control system to deteriorate more rapidly 348 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Maintenance and Specifications Repairs to correct the effects of using a fuel for which your vehicle was not designed may not be covered by your warranty Octane recommendations Your vehicle is designed to use Regular unleaded gasoline with pump R M 2 octane rating of 87 We do not recommend the use of gasolines labeled as Regular that are sold with octane ratings of 86 or lower in high altitude areas Do not be concerned if your engine sometimes knocks lightly However if it knocks heavily under most driving conditions while you are using fuel with the recommended octane rating see your authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage Fuel quality If you are experiencing starting rough idle or hesitation driveability problems try a different brand of unleaded gasoline Premium unleaded gasoline is not recommended for vehicles designed to use Regular unleaded gasoline because it may cause these problems to become more pronounced If the problems persist see your authorized dealer Do not add aftermarket fuel additive products to your fuel tank It should not be necessary to add any aftermarket products to your fuel tank if you continue to use high quality fuel of the recommended octane rating These products have no
372. und the jack and tools assembly tray with the strap securely fastened Be sure to tighten the wing nut sufficiently so it does not rattle when you drive 14 Turn on the air suspension system if equipped Refer to Message center in the Driver Controls chapter for instructions on turning the air suspension system on 1 we A ed 3 6 JOR 5 eae D7 I 303 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Roadside Emergencies Stowing the spare tire 1 Lay the tire on the ground near the rear of the vehicle with the valve stem side facing up 2 Slide the wheel partially under the vehicle and install the retainer through the wheel center If equipped you may have to remove the wheel center cap prior to pushing the retainer through the center of the wheel To remove the center cap press it off with the jack tool from the inner side of the wheel After doing so pull on the cable to align the components at the end of the cable 3 Assemble the jack handle and winch extension as shown in illustration then insert the winch extension through the access hole behind the 3rd row seat and engage the winch 4 Turn the jack handle clockwise until the tire is raised to its stowed position underneath the vehicle The wrench will become harder to turn and the spare tire winch will ratchet or slip when the tire is raised to maximum tightness A clicking sound will be heard from the winch indicating that the t
373. used as a single defined as two tires total on the rear axle 232 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Tires Wheels and Loading Information on T type tires T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below T145 80D16 is an example of a tire size Note The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example 1 T Indicates a type of tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA that is intended for temporary service on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks 2 145 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire LWo 3 80 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall 4 D Indicates a diagonal type tire R Indicates a radial type tire 5 16 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter Location of the tire label You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Refer to the payload description and graphic in the Vehicle loading with and without a
374. usic player should not be attempted while the vehicle is moving Also the portable music player should be stored in a secure location such as the center console or the glove box when the vehicle is in motion The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while the vehicle is in motion Rear seat radio controls if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with rear seat radio controls This feature allows front and middle seat passengers to listen to different media sources radio CD or DVD simultaneously However the front and middle seat passengers cannot listen to two different radio stations at the same time 1 MEDIA Push repeatedly to cycle P through available playing medias Q such as AM FM1 FM2 CD SATI SAT2 SAT3 Satellite radio if 4 equipped or DVD if equipped If Orc Cra in Dual Play mode SHARED O illuminates in the radio display when the front and rear modes are set to the same media D A O A or decrease Vv the volume level in the headphones From the rear seat controls volume control can be set no higher than the current radio setting unless the speakers are turned off 2 VOLUME Press to increase 39 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Entertainment Systems 3 Pel In radio mode press and release to scroll through memory presets Press and hold to seek to the next stati
375. uster lens Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system If a staining liquid like coffee juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces clean as follows 1 Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean white cotton cloth 2 Apply Motorcraft Deluxe Leather and Vinyl Cleaner ZC 11 A In Canada use Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner CXC 101 to the wiped area and spread around evenly 3 Apply more Motorcraft cleaner to a clean white cotton cloth and press the cloth onto the soiled area allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes 4 Remove the soaked cloth and if it is not soiled badly use this cloth to clean the area by using a rubbing motion for 60 seconds 5 Following this wipe area dry with a clean white cotton cloth INTERIOR For fabric carpets cloth seats safety belts and seats equipped with side airbags e Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Remove light stains and soil with Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 If grease or tar is present on the material spot clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover ZC 14 e If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately but do not oversaturate or the ring will set e Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners wh
376. uthorized dealer The front passenger airbag is not designed to offer protection to an occupant in the center front seating position Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of the vehicle including frame bumper front end body structure and tow hooks may affect the performance of the airbag system increasing the risk of injury Do not modify the front end of the vehicle 193 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Additional equipment may affect the performance of the airbag sensors increasing the risk of injury Children and airbags Children must always be properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a collision Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing D child seat in the front seat move the seat all the way back How does the airbag supplemental restraint system work The airbag SRS is designed to activate when the vehicle sustains longitudinal deceleration sufficient to cause the sensors to close an electrical circuit that initiates airbag inflation The fact that the airbags did not inflate in a collision does not mean that s
377. weather MAX A C position e Under normal weather conditions do not leave the air flow selector in MAX A C or O OFF when the vehicle is parked This allows the vehicle to breathe using the outside air inlet vents e Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the airflow to the back seats e Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield 81 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Climate Controls To aid in side window defogging demisting in cold weather 1 Select 7 2 Select A C 3 Adjust the temperature control to maintain comfort 4 Set the fan speed to the highest setting 5 Direct the outer instrument panel vents towards the side windows To increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents close the vents located in the middle of the instrument panel Do not place objects on top of the instrument panel as these objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden stop AUXILIARY CLIMATE CONTROL IF EQUIPPED 1 Fan speed Turn to select the desired fan speed 2 Temperature mode selection vi The distribution of air from the Siam overhead and floor registers is based A g on the temperature selected Turn 4 to select for comfort To use the rear climate controls ensure that REAR is pressed on the main climate control face REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER Gy The rear defroster control is located
378. wing message HOLD RESET FOR SETUP MENU appears in the display A brief press of the RESET stem causes the display to turn OFF cET Press and release the RESET stem KOLD RESE l FOR to exit the blank display mode SETUP MENU To access the SETUP MENU press and hold the RESET stem until the following message HOLD RESET FOR SYSTEM CHECK appears in the display Note The first selection in the SETUP MENU is System Check To HOLD RESET FOR get into System Check press and cueTer gt hold the RESET stem for 2 seconds SYSTEM CHECK To skip the System Check entry briefly press the RESET stem to scroll through the remaining SETUP MENU display sequence If the RESET stem is not pressed within 4 seconds the message center display returns to the SETUP MENU entry message HOLD RESET FOR SETUP MENU 119 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driver Controls System check Selecting this function from the SETUP MENU causes the message center to cycle through each of the systems being monitored For each of the monitored systems the message center will indicate either an OK message or a warning message for 2 seconds Pressing the RESET stem cycles the message center through each of the systems being monitored If the RESET stem is not pressed the display will automatically scroll through each of the systems being monitored 1 OIL LIFE 2 CHARGING SYSTEM 3 WASHER FLU
379. with power delivered to all four wheels as required for increased traction The RTT location in the message center will display 4X4 AUTO when this position is selected This is appropriate for all on road driving conditions such as dry road surfaces wet pavement snow or gravel e 4H 4X4 provides electronically locked four wheel drive power to front and rear wheels The RTT location in the message center will display 4X4 when this position is selected This position is not recommended for use on dry pavement This position is only intended for severe winter or off road conditions such as deep snow ice or shallow sand 275 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving 4L 4X4 LOW provides electronically locked four wheel drive when extra power at reduced speeds is required The RTT location in the message center will display 4X4 LOW when this position is selected This position is not recommended for use on dry pavement Use this position for off road low speed operation or when extra power is required such as climbing steep grades going through deep sand or pulling a boat out of the water Note If your vehicle is equipped with AdvanceTrac with RSC the AdvanceTrac with RSC system will automatically turn off the stability enhancement feature when you shift the Control Trac four wheel drive system into 4L 4X4 LOW The brake traction enhancement feature will still be enabled T
380. xpedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Your vehicle has LATCH anchors for child seat installation at the seating positions marked with the child seat symbol 8 Never attach two LATCH child safety seats to the same anchor In a crash one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child safety seat attachments and may break causing serious injury or death The lower anchors for child seat installation are located at the rear section of the second row seat between the cushion and seat back The LATCH anchors are below the locator symbols on the seat back aT Sue N The locator symbols are on round plastic buttons on the center seat and on rectangular tags on the outboard seats Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install a child seat with LATCH attachments 215 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Seating and Safety Restraints Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the anchors shown If you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off the vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated in it Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child seat Keeping the child seat just touching the
381. y impacts A higher energy level is used for the most severe impacts Refer to Airbag supplemental restraints section in this chapter Front crash severity sensor The front crash severity sensor enhances the ability to detect the severity of an impact Positioned up front it provides valuable information early in the crash event on the severity of the impact This allows your Personal Safety System to distinguish between different levels of crash severity and modify the deployment strategy of the dual stage airbags and safety belt pretensioners Driver s seat position sensor The driver s seat position sensor allows your Personal Safety System to tailor the deployment level of the driver dual stage airbag based on seat position The system is designed to help protect smaller drivers sitting close to the driver airbag by providing a lower airbag output level Front safety belt usage sensors The front safety belt usage sensors detect whether or not the driver and front outboard passenger safety belts are fastened This information allows your Personal Safety System to tailor the airbag deployment and safety belt pretensioner activation depending upon safety belt usage Refer to Safety restraints section in this chapter Front safety belt pretensioners The safety belt pretensioners at the front outboard seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts firmly against the occupant s body during frontal collisions and in
382. your vehicle s functions Many lights will illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure the bulb works If any light remains on after starting the vehicle refer to the respective system warning light for additional information Note Some Warning Lights are reconfigurable telltale RTT indicator lights and will illuminate in the Message Center Display and function the same as the warning light Service engine soon The Service engine soon indicator light illuminates when the ignition is first turned to the ON position to check the bulb and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready for Inspection Maintenance I M testing Normally the Service engine soon light will stay on until the engine is cranked then turn itself off if no malfunctions are present However if after 15 seconds the Service engine soon light blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing See the Readiness for Inspection Maintenance Q M testing in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Solid illumination after the engine is started indicates the On Board Diagnostics System OBD II has detected a malfunction Refer to On board diagnostics OBD II in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter If the light is blinking engine misfire is occurring which could damage your catalytic converter Drive in a moderate fashion avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle serviced immediately by your authorized
383. ystem may enhance your vehicle s stability during adverse maneuvers The AdvanceTrac with RSC system helps the driver maintain steering control AdvanceTrac with RSC will attempt to correct the vehicle motion by applying brake force at individual tires and if necessary by reducing engine power During Electronic Stability Control events the sliding car icon in the instrument cluster will flash momentarily Driving maneuvers which may activate AdvanceTrac with RSC system include e Taking a turn too fast e Maneuvering quickly to avoid an accident pedestrian or obstacle e Driving over a patch of ice Changing lanes on a snow rutted road e Entering a snow free road from a snow covered side street or vice versa e Entering a paved road from a gravel road or vice versa 261 2007 Expedition exd Owners Guide post 2002 fmt USA fus Driving e Driving on slick surfaces e Cornering while towing a heavily loaded trailer refer to Trailer towing in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter Roll Stability Control RSC The RSC system works in conjunction with the AdvanceTrac system to help maintain roll stability of the vehicle during aggressive maneuvers by applying brake force to one or more wheels During Roll Stability Control RSC events the sliding car icon in the instrument cluster will flash momentarily Driving conditions that may activate AdvanceTrac with RSC include e Emergency l

Bosch Power Tools 1529B Drill User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents